c.b.d. belapur, navi mumbai – 400 614. tender contractor no of corrections city engineer navi...

1

Contractor No of corrections City Engineer

NAVI MUMBAI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION

C.B.D. BELAPUR, NAVI MUMBAI – 400 614.

TENDER CITY ENGINEER DEPARTMENT

NMMC/CE/ 31 /2017-18 Tender Notice for the work of

Providing & Fixing PNG Gas crematorium System at Sarsole Smashanbhumi at

Nerul Ward Sr.

No.

NMMC Stage Vendor Stage Start Date & Time Expiry Date &

Time

1. Release of Tender

-- 29/04/2017

10.00 Hrs.

2. -- Tender

Download

29/04/2017

10.00 Hrs.

12/05/2017

13.00 Hrs.

3. -- Bid Preparation

29/04/2017

10.00 Hrs.

12/05/2017

15.00 Hrs.

4. Superhash

Generation & Bid

Lock

-- 12/05/2017

15.01 Hrs.

12/05/2017

17.00 Hrs.

5. -- Control Transfer

of Bid

12/05/2017

17.01 Hrs.

23/05/2017

15.00 Hrs.

6. Envelope 1

Opening

-- 23/05/2017

(If Possible)

7. Envelope 2

Opening

-- 23/05/2017

(If Possible)

Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation

Plot No. 1 & 2, Sector 15A, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai.

Issued to……………………………….

2


SCHEDULE ‘A’

Note : All the Contractors may note that Enrollment with NMMC is

compulsory.

NMMC invites Tenders in B-2 form through E-Tendering system from Contractors Registered

in appropriate class, by Public Works Department or CIDCO Ltd/ Maharashtra Jeevan

Pradhikaran/Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation/BruhnMumbai Municipal

Corporation/Central Public Works Department. from class IV and above category with adequate

experience of Similar Works Blank Tender forms will be available from 29/04/2017 till up to

23/05/2017 15:00 hrs. on E-Tendering website www.nmmc.maharashatra.etenders.in. To

download the blank tenders, the bidders shall pay tender cost paid through online payment gateway

by using Credit Card/Debit card of any bank or by Net banking in favour of NMMC. The Tender

should be submitted through E-Tendering system only on the web site

www.nmmc.maharashatra.etenders.in. Before 23/05/2017 upto 3.00 hrs.

1. Name of Work Providing & Fixing PNG Gas crematorium System at Sarsole Smashanbhumi at Nerul Ward.

2. Estimated cost of Work Rs. 1,33,34,425/-

3. Engineers for this Work Executive Engineer (Nerul)

Concerned Deputy Engineer

4. Period of sale of Tender

documents. From to 29 /04/2017 to 12 /05/2017 downloaded from

official web site (www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in),

(www.nmmconline.com) of the Corporation.

5. Cost of each tender form Rs. 5000/- through online payment gateway by Debit/Credit

Card of any Bank or by Net Banking in favour of Navi Mumbai

Municipal Corporation.

6. Earnest Money Rs. 100008/- through online payment gateway by Debit/Credit

Card of any Bank or by Net Banking in favour of Navi Mumbai

Municipal Corporation

7. Re-Tender Conference will be held on - NIL

at C.B.D. ,Navi Mumbai in the Conference Hall 1st floor.

8. Last date of receipt of tender Upto 23/05/2017 15.00 hours

9. Probable date and time of opening - Date 23/05/2017 at 16.00 hour of tender. (if possible)

10. Eligibility

Registration Class III with PWD or is equivalent Class with CIDCO and

Upto ( Rs. 3 Crore)

3


Turn over Average Annual financial turnover during the last 3 years, ending

31st March of the previous financial year, should be at least 50%

of the estimated cost. Every year it should be equal to the estimated

cost. The net work should be positive.

Experience Experience of having successfully completed similar works during last

7 years ending last day of month previous to the one in which

applications are invited should be either of the following.

a) Three similar completed works costing not less than the

amount equal to 40% of the estimated cost

or

b) Two similar completed works costing not less than the


or

c) One similar completed works costing not less than the


Qualified Personnel Two Civil Engineers having minimum experience of three

Years.

Equipment Required As Directed by Engineer - in - Charge

Certification The Company having ISO 9001, (Version 2000) certificate,

will be preferred. Joint Venture is not allowed.

No Relationship with Corporators See Clause 12 of Detailed Tender Notice

11. Validity Period – The offer of the Contractor shall remain valid for 120 days from the date of

opening of Tender.

12. Initial Security Deposit Rs. 3% of estimated Cost

AND

Further Security Deposit, Rs. 2 % of estimated cost to be deducted from bills.

13. Completion Period 6 Months (Excluding monsoon)) (upto 30th

September 2012)

1. Contract as a whole Period of completion 6 Months ((Excluding monsoon))

toh September 2012)

** 2. Part or Groups of items

(i) As a Whole work (i) 6 Months ((Excluding monsoon))Upto 30th

Septem012)

4


(ii) As per approved bar chart

14. Percentage to be charges as supervision

Charges for the Work got executed through

Other means. 24.50 Percent.

15. Defects Liability Period 3 Years

16. Others:- Price Variation Clause:- No Price Variation Clause applicable to the

Contracts

Having Contract period upto 12 months

17. The agency will have to furnish an additional 1% Security deposit if the rate quoted by it is

upto 10% below. For tenders quoted more than 10% below the cost put to tender, the agency

will have to furnish an additional security deposit of 1% + 1% for each percent quoted below

10% eg: in case the agency quotes 14% below the cost put to tender the agency will have to

furnish additional security of 1%+4% = i.e. 5% in the form of Demand Draft of any Govt.

Bank or Schedule Bank having MICR/IFSC code in the name of concerned authority. The

validity of Demand Draft should be months from the date of issue (For details Please refer the

GR No. शासन �नण�य . बीडीजी/2016/�..-2 झामा-2 �दनांक12/02/2016)

18. As per the construction labour welfare Cess Act 1996, a cess of 1% of contract value towards

the welfare of construction labour will be deducted from the bills.

19. Tenderer/Bidder should submit Affidavit and Undertaking in Requisite Format on Rs.

100/- Stamp Paper and all Scheduled in prescribed format.

5


DETAILED TENDER NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR

1.0 Sealed bids are invited by and on behalf of Commissioner, Navi Mumbai Municipal

Corporation from Eligible bidders for the proposed Work specified in Schedule ‘A’.

2.0 ISSUE OF TENDER

2.1. Tender book will be made available at E-tendering cell, Navi Mumbai Municipal

Corporation,CBD from date of publication of Tender Notice on News paper to the

Contractors for work of Tender Amount upto Rs.03 lacs & above amount tender book may

buy from E- tendering website (www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in) &

www.nmmconline.com

2.2 For work of tender amount above Rs. 03 lacs above, tender book will be issued online

though E-tendering Website (www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in)&

www.nmmconline.com to Contractor.

2.3 Price of Blank Tender form cost must be paid by online and Receipt of the same

should be given to NMMC with hard copy.

.

2.4 The Tender Document is not transferable. Only the Tenderer who has purchased the

tender form shall be entitled to bid in the Tender.

3.0 LANGUAGE OF TENDER / CONTRACT

The language of the Contract shall be English/Marathi and all correspondence, drawings etc.

shall confirm to the English/Marathi language.

4 .0 PREBID CONFERENCE

A Prebid Conference of all the intending Tenderers will also be held at the scheduled date

and time indicated in Schedule ‘A’ of the tender. Intending Tenderers will be allowed to seek

clarification and suggest suitable modifications in specifications, conditions of the Contract

etc. The Corporation will communicate such changes that are accepted by it, to all the

intending Tenderers who have purchased the Tender document from the Corporation. Only

such changes that are so communicated shall be binding on the Corporation and all the

Tenderers.

5 .0 VALIDITY OF BIDS

The bids will be valid for the period indicated in Schedule ‘A’

6.0 EARNEST MONEY

6.1 The Tenderer shall deposit the amounts indicated in the Tender Notice as Earnest Money

Deposit (EMD). The Earnest Money shall be deposited by online only demand draft / pay

order will not be accepted. The failure or omission to deposit the Earnest Money shall

disqualify the Tender and the Corporation shall exclude from its consideration such

6


disqualified Tender(s). No interest shall be payable by the Corporation in respect of such

deposited Earnest Money.

Alternatively The Tenderer can also deposit a Fix EMD at NMMC office which will

be credited to his account.

The tenderer should refer user’s guide while depositing EMD though the e-tendering

website (www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in) & www.nmmconline.com

7.0 FORFEITURE OF EMD

7.1 The Tenderer shall not revoke his Tender or vary its terms and conditions without the

consent of the Corporation during the validity period of Tender. If the Tenderer revokes the

Tender or vary its terms or condition contrary to his promise to abide by this condition, the

Earnest Money deposited by him shall stand forfeited to the Corporation without prejudice to

its other rights and remedies and the Tenderer shall be disentitled to submit a tender to the

Corporation for execution of any Work during the next 24 months effective from the date of

such revocation.

7.2 If Successful Tenderer does not pay the Security Deposit in the prescribed time limit or fails

to sign the agreement bond, his Earnest Money Deposit will be forefited by the Corporation.

8.0 REFUND OF EARNEST MONEY

The Earnest Money of an unsuccessful Tenderers shall be refunded after the successful

Contractor furnishes required Initial Security Deposit to the Corporation and sign the

agreement or within 30 days of the expiry of validity period, whichever is earlier.

9.0 COST OF TENDER

The Tenderer shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its

Tender. The Corporation shall in no case be responsible or liable for these costs, regardless

of the Conduct or the out come of the Tendering process.

10.0 ELLIGIBLE TENDERERS

Only those Contractors fulfill the Eligibility criteria as mentioned in the Schedule ‘A’ of the

tender notice are eligible to submit their tender for this Work.

11.0 SPARE CAPACITY OF WORK FOR TENDERING

The Tenderers shall be eligible to submit the tender to the Corporation subject to the

essential condition that the price tendered by him together with the value of the outstanding

Works under execution by him for the Corporation or any other employer shall not be more

than four times the value of the average annual turnover of Works executed during the

preceding three financial years ending 31st March.

7


12.0 RELATION SHIP WITH CORPORATOR(S)

Tenderer shall not be associated presently or in the past with any of the office bearer or

Corporator of the Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation either directly or indirectly as

specified in the section 10(f), (g) of Maharashtra Mahanagar Palika Adhiniyam 1949. The

Tenderer shall furnish an Affidavit on a Non-Judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/- If any

information so furnished shall be found to be untrue or false, the tender shall be liable to be

disqualified and the Earnest Money accompanying such tender shall stand forfeited to the

Corporation. If the information so furnished shall be found to be untrue or false during the

currency of the contract the Tenderer shall be held to be in-default and the contract if any

awarded to him shall be liable to be terminated with its consequences.

13.0 TIME OF COMPLETION

The period of completion of Works is enumerated under Schedule ‘A’. The time of

completion shall commence from the date of placing the Work Order or date of handing

over the site whichever is earlier. The completion period is for all items of Work in all parts

of Tender Documents.

14.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES AND QUANTITIES

14.1 The Tender has been drafted on the basis of pre-priced schedule of rates and quantities for

different types of items.

14.2 All the tender items are priced as mentioned in Schedule B of Tender.

14.3 The Contractors are expected to work out their own rates based on the detailed technical

specifications, drawings & conditions and finally arrive at the cost of the Work in the

appropriate places. The contractor shall insert percentage cost over or below the

Corporations cost to arrive at the contract value for the work in Schedule B. In case of item

rate, rate should be mentioned infront of item in Schedule B.

14.4 In case of Lump Sum Contract, Tenderer should insert his Lump Sum cost as contract value

for the Work.

15.0 INSPECTION OF SITE AND SUFFICIENCY OF TENDER

15.1 The Contractor shall inspect and examine the site and its surrounding and shall satisfy

himself before submitting his Tender as to the nature of the ground and subsoil (so far as is

practicable), the form and nature of the site, the quantities and nature of the Work and

materials necessary for the completion of the Works and means of access to the site, the

accommodation he may require and in general, shall himself obtain all necessary

information as to risk, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect

his Tender.

15.2 The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the

correctness and sufficiency of his Tender for the Works and of the rates and prices quoted in

8


the schedule of Works/items/ quantities or in bill of quantities, which rates and prices shall,

except as otherwise provided, cover all his obligations under the contract and all matters and

things necessary for proper completion and maintenance of the Works.

15.3 No extra charges consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed.

16.0 MANNER OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER

16.1 The Complete Tenders (Estimated amount below Rs. 03 lacs) in the manner specified in the

following paragraph will be received in any of the following offices / manner :

a) Inward-Outward Section,Ground Floor,Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation,CBD Head

Office.

b)By courier or by mail within specified time, as indicated above.

The tenders estimated cost above Rs. 03 lacs should be submitted online at website

(www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in) & www.nmmconline.com

16.2 Telex, cable or facsimile offers will be rejected.

17.0 LAST DATE FOR SUBMISSION

17.1 Sealed Tender offers shall be received at the address specified above not later than the time

and date specified in the Schedule ‘A’ of the Tender .

17.2 In the event of the specified date for the submission of Tender offers being declared a

holiday, the offers will be received up to the appointed time on the next working day

17.3 The Corporation may, at its discretion, extend this deadline for submission of offers by

amending the Tender Documents, in which case all rights and obligations of the Corporation

and Tenderer will thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.

17.4 Any Tender offer received by the Corporation after the deadline for submission of Tender

offer prescribed by the Corporation, pursuant to the clause above, will be rejected and / or

returned unopened to the Tenderer.

18.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF OFFERS

The vendor may modify or withdraw his offer after its submission, provided that written

notice of the modification or withdrawal is received by the Corporation prior to the closing

date and time prescribed for submission of offers. No offer can be modified by the vendor,

subsequent to the closing date and time for submission of offers.

19.0 CONTENTS

19.1 Online & Offline Tenders are invited in two envelope system. The completed Tender shall

be submitted in sealed envelope, superscribing the name of Work & C.A.No mentioned in

the Tender notice.

9


19.2 Full name and address of the Tenderer shall be written in the bottom left corner of each

envelope.

19.3 The envelope shall contain the following

Envelope No.1 (Technical Bid) : This should contain all the documents mentioned below. This Envelope may contain other

documents also such as Technical bids, drawings, etc as mentioned in the Tender notice.

a) List of all the documents enclosed in the envelope.

b) The tender price receipt (where it is downloaded from the official website.)

c) Undertaking in ‘Annexure 2’ duly signed by a person holding a valid Power of

Attorney.

d) Power of Attorney authorized the person to sign the Tender Document (see clause

20(e)).

e) The receipt of EMD (as per clause 6.0 above) or valid certificate of exemption issued

by the City Enginner of Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation.

f) Attested copy of the valid registration certificate (as requested by the eligibility

condition at Annexure ‘A’)

g) Up-to-date valid clearance Certificates for income tax, Sales tax,VAT, Cess/LBT with

NMMC.

h) Details of firms in Annexure 3.

i) The Tenderer shall furnish a statement showing the type and magnitude of work done

with last 3 years as per Annexure 4.

j) List of works in hand as on the date of submission of this tender.(Annexture-5)

k) List of works in tenderer as on the date of submission of the this tender (Annexure 6).

l) List of machinery and plant immediately available with the Tendere for use on his

work and list of machinery proposed to be utilized on this work but not immediately

available and the manner in which it is proposed to be procured in (Annexure 7).

m) Details of Technical personnels available with the contractor in (Anneexure 8).

n) Affidavit on a non-juditial Stamp paper of Rs.100/-

Envelope No.-2

For tender amount below Rs. 03 lacs (Financial bid) - This envelope shall contain the

Complete set of Tender Documents along with corrigendum, addendum if any issued, duly

filled in and initial on each page and signed by the Tenderer(s) at prescribed places of the

Tender Documents, including signature of witnesses. (un-conditional).

For tender amount above Rs. 03 lacs : e-submission only.

Covering Envelope

Both the envelopes I & II shall be put together in common sealed envelope subscribing on it,

name of Work, C.A.NO., Name and address of the Tenderer.

10


20.0 IMPORTANT POINTS TO BE NOTED BY THE TENDERER

a) On receipt of blank Tender form the Tenderer should ensure that no corrections or over

writings or erasures are left to be attested by the competent authority of the Corporation.

b) The price-bid shall be inclusive of all taxes, Octroi, Local taxes, etc. to be paid by the

Tenderer for the Work and claim for extra payment on any such account shall not be

entertained.

Any change that will be made in the Tender paper by the competent authority after issue

of the Tender will be intimated to the Tenderer in the form of Corrigendum/Addendum

for incorporating the same in the Tender before submitting the Tender.

c) Price-bid should be written both in words and figures in the Schedule ‘B’, at appropriate

places.

d) No alterations and additions any where in the Tender Document are permitted. If any of

these are found, the Tender may be summarily rejected. The Tenderer should get his

doubts cleared during pre-Tender meeting only if provided in the Tender. In case if no

pre-bid meeting is to be held the Tenderer should seek clarification or any doubt in

writing 7 days before the last date for receipt of Tenders.

e) In case of firm, each partner or power of attorney holder shall sign the Tender and the

signatures shall be attested as witness by a reputed person in the space provided for the

purpose. The attested copies of power of attorney of person signing the Tender shall be

enclosed with the Tender. The power of attorney shall be signed by all partners.

In case of private limited/public limited companies, the power of attorney shall be

supported by Board resolutions and appropriate and adequate evidence in support of the

same shall be given.

f) All pages and pasted slips should be signed by the Tenderer.

g) No page shall be added or removed from the set of Tender Document.

h) Tenderer shall be deemed to have studied the schedule of Works / Items / Quantities /

Rates, all plans, specifications, terms and conditions, shall inspect and examine the site

and its surrounding and shall satisfy himself before submitting his Tender as to the nature

of the ground and subsoil (so far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, nature

of the Work and materials necessary for the completion of the Works and means of access

to the site, the accommodation he may require and in general shall himself obtain all

necessary information as to risk, contingencies, obligations under the Contract and all

matter and things necessary for proper completion and maintenance of the Works. No

extra charges consequent on any misunderstanding. A declaration and an undertaking to

this effect should be singed by the Tenderer in the form attached at an Annexure - 2.

i) The Tenderer shall submit the Tender which satisfies each and every condition laid down

in this Tender notice, failing which the Tender will be liable to be rejected conditional

Tenders will be rejected.

21.0 CORRUPT OR FRAUDULENT PRACTICES

The Corporation requires that the bidders/suppliers/ Contractors under this Tender observe

the highest standards of ethics during the procurement and execution of such contracts. In

11


pursuance of this policy, the Corporation defines for the purposes of this provision, the terms

set forth as follows:

a) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any thing of value

to influence the action of the public official in the procurement process or in contract

execution; and

b) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a

procurement process or a execution of a contract to the detriment of the Corporation, and includes

collusive practice among bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at

artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Corporation of the benefits of the free and open

competition;

The Corporation will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder

recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the

contract in question; The Corporation will a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated

period of time, to be awarded a contract if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged

in corrupt and fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing, a contract.

22.0 MANNER OF OPENING OF TENDER

For the work of Rs. 03 lakhs below, The Tender received within the schedule time and date

specified in the Tender Notice will be opened as per the specified program in the office as

mentioned in the Tender Notice (If Possible). The tenders will be opened in the presence of

Tenderers or their authorised representatives who choose to remain present

For the Work of Rs. 03 lakhs above, tender will be open online in the presence of Tender

Committee and e-tendering Administrator.

23.0 PROCESS TO BE CONFIDENTIAL

Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation and comparison of bids and

the award of a Contract shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other person not officially

concerned with such process until the award to the successful Bidder has been announced.

24.0 PRELIMINARY SCRUTINY

The Corporation will scrutinize the offers to determine whether they are complete, whether

any errors have been made, whether required technical documentation have been furnished,

whether the documents have been properly signed, and whether the offers are generally in

order.

Prior to the detailed evaluation, the Corporation will determine the substantial responsiveness

of each offer to the Tender Documents. For purposes of these Clauses, a substantially

responsive bid is one that confirms to all the terms and conditions of the Tender Documents

without material deviations. The Corporation’s determination of an offer’s responsiveness is

to be based on the contents of the Tender offer itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence.

12


A Tender offer determined as not substantially responsive will be rejected by the Corporation

and may not subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the non-

confirmity.

The Corporation may waive any minor infirmity or irregularity in a Tender offer, which does

not constitute a material deviation. This shall be binding on all Tenderers and the

Corporation reserves the right of such waivers.

25.0 CLARIFICATION OF OFFERS

To assist in the scrutiny, evaluation and comparison of offers, the Corporation may, at its

discretion, ask some or all vendors for technical clarification of their offer. The request for

such clarifications and the response shall be in writing. To speed up the Tender process, the

Corporation, at its discretion, may ask for any technical clarification to be submitted by

means of facsimile by the Tenderer. In such cases, original copy of the document describing

the technical clarifications must be sent to the Corporation by means of courier / in person.

26.0 REJECTION OF TENDERS

The Tenders are liable to be rejected if the Tenderer

� Does not submit price of Tender in the form of original cash receipt.

� Does not submit EMD.

� Does not submit Undertaking on Rs.100/- stamp paper. (Annexure-2)

� Does not disclose the full names and address of all his partners in case of a Partnership

Concern;

� Does not submit the information as called for in Annexure ( 3 to 8)

� Does not submit affidavit on Rs. 100/- Stamp Paper. (Annexure - 9)

� Fails to initial corrections;

� Fails to fill completely all the proformae provided in the Tender including proforma of

submission of Tender and percentage and amount columns in Schedule - `B';

� Tries to contact the Corporation on any matter relating to its bid, or tries to influence the

Corporation in its decision on bid evaluation, bid comparison or Contract award from the

time of the bid opening to the time of contract is awarded.

� Stipulates any condition in the Tender;

� Stipulates the validity period less than what is stated in the form of Tender;

� Does not quote rates inclusive of octroi duty and other terminal or Sales Tax or General

taxes, etc.

� Does not sign every page of Tender with seal of company / firm;

27.0 SHORT – LISTING OF VENDORS

13


The Corporation will short-list technically qualifying vendors and commercial offers of only

these vendors will be opened at the date and time to be intimated.

28.0 OPENING OF COMMERCIAL OFFERS

The Corporation shall notify the date of opening of the commercial bids to all the Tenderers.

On such notified date the Envelope No. 2 will be opened and the rates in Schedule ‘B’ or

percentage above / below the Estimate shall then be read out.

29.0 ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER

29.1 Acceptance of Tender on behalf of the Corporation shall be done by an officer(s) to whom

the powers are delegated by the Municipal Commissioner.

29.2 The Corporation is not bound to accept the lowest or any Tender. The Corporation reserves

the right to reject any or all Tenders received without assigning any reason whatsoever.

30.0 INTIMATION TO SUCESSFUL TENDERERS

The acceptance of Tender may be communicated to the successful Tenderer in writing or

otherwise either by the Tender opening Authority or any Authority in the Corporation.

31.0 SECURITY DEPOSIT

The Contractor shall pay a Security Deposit equal to five percent of the contract sum as

security for due fulfillment of the contract, unless otherwise stated in the Tender Documents

The mode of making this deposit is as under.

a) Initial or contract deposit.

A sum, which along with the Earnest Money already paid, amounts to three percent of

the contract sum shall be paid within 10 days after receipt of intimation in writing of

acceptance of Tender. It is optional to the Contractor to make the contract deposit in any

one of the following ways :

i) Wholly in cash or.

ii) Wholly in form of National Saving Certificate pledged in favour of the Corporation

or Bank Guarantees / Fixed deposit from Nationalized / Scheduled Banks in the

enclosed format.

iii) Partly in cash and partly in form of National Saving Certificate pledged in favour of

the Corporation or Bank Guarantees / Fixed Deposit from Nationalized / Scheduled

Banks in the enclosed format.

b) Retention Money :

The remaining amount of the Security Deposit i.e. 2% shall be recovered from the

Contractor’s running bills at the rate of five percent and such retention together with the

14


contract deposit made as aforesaid shall not exceed in the aggregate five percent of the

contract sum after which such retention will cease.

c) All compensation or other sums of money payable by the Contractor under the terms of

this contract or any other account whatsoever, may be deducted from or paid by the sale

of a sufficient part of this Security Deposit/retention money or from the interest arising

therefrom or from any sums which may be due or may become due to the Contractor by

the Corporation on any account whatsoever, and in the event of his Security

Deposit/retention money being reduced by reason of any such deduction or sale as

aforesaid, the Contractor shall within 15 days of receipt of notice of demand from the

City Engineer make good the deficit.

In the event of the said deposit having been made by the Contractor by delivery to the

Corporation by the Guarantee of the Bankers of the Contractor, and of the Contractor

under any of the provisions of this contract becoming subject to or liable for any penalty

for damages liquidated or unliquidated or of the said deposit becoming forfeited or any

breach or failure or determination of contract, then, and in such case the amount of any

such penalty or damages and the deposit so forfeited is not previously paid to the

Municipal Commissioner, shall immediately on demand be paid by the said Bankers to

Corporation and may be forfeited by the Municipal Commissioner under and in terms of

the said Guarantee.

32.0 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENT

The successful Tenderer after furnishing Initial Security Deposit, is required to execute an

Agreement in duplicate in the form attached with the Tender Documents on a stamp paper of

proper value. The proper value at present is Rs. 100/-for Rs.10 Lacs & Rs.100/-for evry next

1Lakh.The agreement should be signed within a month from the date of acceptance of the

Tender. The Contract will be governed by the Contract agreement, the General Conditions of

the Contract (G.C.C.), and the Special Conditions of the Contract and other documents as

specified in the G.C.C.

33.0 STAMP DUTY, LIGAL AND STATURY CHARGES

It shall be incumbent on the successful Bidder to pay stamp duty for the Contract agreement,

as applicable on the date of the execution.

34. LICENCES

The successful Tenderer should comply statutory instruction of contract labour & will be

required to produce to the satisfaction of the City Engineer a valid contract labour license

issued in his favour under the provision of the Contract Labour License (Regulation and

Abolition) 1970, before starting the Work. On failure to do so, the acceptance of the Tender

is liable to be withdrawn and also the Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited.

15


35.0 RIGHTS OF THE CORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right to suitably increase/reduce the scope of Work put to this

Tender. The right to split up the Work in two or more parts is reserved by the Corporation

and also the right to award the Work to more than one agency is reserved.

36.0 INTERPRETATION OF THE CLAUSES IN THE TENDER DOCUMENT /

CONTRACT DOCUMENT

In case of any ambiguity in the interpretation of any of the clauses in Tender Document or the

Contract Document, interpretation of the clauses by the Corporation shall be final and

binding on all parties.

37.0 NOTICE TO FORM PART OF CONTRACT

Notice of Tender and these instructions shall form part of the contract.

16


Annexure –1

FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE BOND In Consideration Of The Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation (Hereinafter Called ‘The

NMMC’) Having Agreed To Exempt _____________________________________ (Hereinafter

Called “The Said Contractor(S)’) From The Demand Under The Terms And Conditions Of An

Agreement Dated _____________________________ Made Between

_____________________________________ And _______________________________ For

____________________________________ (Hereinafter Called “The Said Agreement Of Security

Deposit For The Due Fulfillment By The Said Contractor (S) Of The Terms And Conditions

Contained In The Said Agreement, On Production Of A Bank Guarantee For Rs.

______________________________

(Rupees___________________________________________Only) We,

_________________________________________ (Hereinafter Referred To As ‘The Bank’) At The

Request

( Indicate The Name Of The Bank)

Of ______________________________ [( Contractor (S) Do Hereby Undertake To Pay The

NMMC An Amount Not Exceeding Rs. _____________________________ Against Any Loss Or

Demand Caused To Or Suffered Or Would Be Caused To Or Suffered By The NMMC By Reason

Of Any Branch By The Said Contractor (S) Of Any Of The Terms Or Conditions Contained In The

Said Agreement.

2. We _____________________________________________ Do Hereby Undertake To

Pay The

( Indicate The Name Of The Bank)

Amounts Due And Payable Under This Guarantee Without Any Demur, Meerely On A Demand

From The NMMC Stating That The Amount Claimed Is Due By Way Of Loss Or Damage Caused

To Or Would Be Caused To Or Suffered By The NMMC By Reason Of Breach By The Said

Contractor (S) Of Any Of The Terms Or Conditions Contained In The Said Agreement Or By

Reasons Of The Contractor (S) Failure To Perform The Said Agreement . Any Such Demand Made

On The Bank Shall Be Conclusive As Regards The Amount Due And Payable By The Bank Under

This Guarantee. However, Our Liability Under This Guarantee Shall Be Restricted To An Amount

Not Exceeding Rs. ...................

3. We, Undertake To Pay To The NMMC Any Money So Demanded Not With Standing

Any Dispute Or Disputes Raised By The Contractor (S) / Supplier (S) In Any Suit Or Proceeding

Pending Before Any Court Or Tribunal Relating Thereto Our Liability Under This Present Being

Absolute And Unequivocal.

The Payment So Made By Us Under This Bond Shall Be A Valid Discharge Of Our Liability

For Payment There Under And The Contractor (S) / Supplier (S) Shall Have No Claim Against Us

For Making Such Payment.

4. We, ____________________________ Further Agree That The Guarantee Herein

17


(Indicate The Name Of Bank)

Contained Shall Remain In Full Force And Effect During The Period That Would Be Taken For The

Performance Of The Said Agreement And That It Shall Continue To Be Enforceable Till All The

Dues Of The NMMC Under Or By Virtue Of The Said Agreement Have Been Fully Paid And Its

Claims Satisfied Or Discharged Or Till The City Engineer Of NMMC (Indicate The Name Of

Administrative Department ) Certifies That The Terms And Conditions Of The Said Agreement

Have Been Fully And Properly Carried Out By The Said Contractor (S) And Accordingly Of The

Said Agreement Have Been Fully And Properly Carried Out By The Said Contractor (S) And

Accordingly Discharges This Guarantee. Unless A Demand Or Claim Under This Guarantee Is Made

On Us In Writing On Or Before The ..................We Shall Be Discharged From All Liability Under

This Guarantee Thereafter.

5. We ......................................................... Further Agree With The NMMC That


The NMMC Shall Have The Fullest Liberty Without Our Consent And Without Affecting In Any

Manner Our Obligations Hereunder To Vary Any Of The Terms And Conditions Of The Said

Agreement Or To Extend Time To Performance By The Said Contractor (S) From Time To Time Or

To Postpone For Any Time Or From Time To Time Any Of The Powers Exercisable By The

NMMC Against The Said Contractor (S) And To Forbear Or Enforce Any Of The Terms And

Conditions Relating To The Said Agreement And We Shall Not Be Relieved From Our Liability By

Reason Of Any Such Variation, Or Extension Being Granted To The Said Contractor (S) Or For Any

Forbearance, Act Or Commission On The Part Of The NMMC Or Any Indulgence By The NMMC

To The Said Contractor (S) Or By Any Such Matter Or Thing Whatsoever Which Under The Law

Relating To Sureties Would But For This Provision, Have Effect Of So Relieving Us.

6. This Guarantee Will Not Be Discharged Due To The Change In The Constitution Of The

Bank Or The Contractor (S) / Supplier (S).

7. We, ......................................................... Lastly Undertake Not To Revoke This

( Indicate The Name Of Bank)

Guarantee During Its Currency Except With The Previous Consent Of The NMMC In

Writing.

Dated The .............. Day Of ............20

For ...................................................


18


Annexure –2

UNDERTAKING (On A Rs. 100/- Stamp Paper)

The Information / Documents Submitted By Us Are True To Our Knowledge And If

The Information / Documents So Furnished Shall Be Found To Be Untrue Or False, The

Tender Shall Be Liable To Be Disqualified And Our Earnest Money Accompanying

Tender Will Be Forfeited.

Also I/We Aware That If The Information / Document Found To Be Untrue Or False

During The Currency Of Contract, Our Contract Liable To Be Terminated.

.................................................... I / We Hereby Declare That I / We Have Made Myself /

Ourselves Thoroughly Conversant With The Sub-Soil Conditions Regarding All Materials (Such

As Stone, Murum, Sand, Etc.) And Labour Of Which I / We Have Based My / Our Rates For

This Work. The Specifications, Conditions Bore Results And Lead Of Materials On This Work

Have Been Carefully Studied And Understood By Me / Us Before Submitting This Tender. I /

We Undertake To Use Only The Best Materials Approved By The, City Engineer, N.M.M.C. Or

His Duly Authorised Assistant, Before Starting The Work And To Abide By His Decision.

I/ We Agree That The Amount Of Earnest Money Shall Not Bear Interest And Shall Be

Liable To Be Forfeited To The Corporation, Should I/We Fail To (I) Abide By The

Stipulation To Keep The Offer Open For The Period Of 120 Days From The Date Fixed

For Opening The Same And Thereafter Until It Is Withdrawn By Me/ Us By Notice In

Writing Duly Addressed To The Authority Opening The Tenders. (Ii) Security Deposit

As Specified In Schedule ‘A’ And Within The Time Limit Laid Down In 24 Of Detailed

Tender Notice. The Amount Of Earnest Money May Be Adjusted Towards The Security

Deposit Or Refunded To Me /Us If So Desired By Me/Us In Writing, Unless The Same

Or Any Part Thereof Has Been Forfeit As Aforesaid.

Should This Tender Be Accepted I/ We Hereby Agree To Abide By And Fulfill All The

Terms And Provisions Of The Conditions Of Contract Annexed Hereto So Far As

Applicable And In Default Thereof To Forfeited And Pay To NMMC The Sums Of

Money Mentioned In The Said Conditions.

Demand Draft No...............................Dated ...................... From The Nationalised/

Scheduled Bank At........................................................... In Respect Of The Sum Of

*Rs................................................................... Is Herewith Forwarded Representing

The Earnest Money (A) The Full Value Of Which Is To Be Absolutely Forfeited To

N.M.M.C. Should I/ We Not Deposit The Full Amount Of Security Deposit Specified In

The Detailed Tender Notice.

Tenderer ........................................................................................

Address .........................................................................................

19


.........................................................................................

Date The .............................. Day Of ......................... 20 Signature

Of Tenderer

(Witness) ........................................................................................ Signature Of

Witness

Address .........................................................................................

20


Annexure –3

Firm Details

1. Name Of Firm And Class Of Registration

With Validity Date & Value Of

Registration

2. Address For Communication & Telephone

No.

E - Mail

3. Details Of Proprietor/Partaners/Director

Name Address Qualification And Experience

4. Annual Turnover

Previous Financial Year (Y-1)

2nd


3rd


Certified Copy Of Audiated Balance Sheet

Profit / Loss Statement Attested

(Yes/No.)

5. Details Of Black Listed & Litigation

6. Remarks

Signature Of Proprietor Or Authorised Person Of The Firm

21


Annexure –4

Details Of Works Of Similar Type And Magnitude Carried Out By The Tenderer (Last 3 Years)

Name Of The Tenderer :

Sr.

No.

Name Of

Work

Type Of Work Name Of

Department &

Address

Cost Of

Work

Date Of

Starting

Stipulated

Date Of

Completion

Actual

Date Of

Completion

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1)

2)

3)

✳✳✳✳ Note: - The Turnover Amount Should Be Certified And Audited By CA Of Firm And Separate Sheet Should Be Enclosed

22


Annexure –5

List Of Work In Hand As On The Date Of Submission Of This Tender

Sr. No. Name Of Work Name Of Deptt. &

Adress

Work In Hand

Anticipated Date

Of Completion

Remark

Tender Cost Cost Of

Remaining Work

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

23


Annexure –6

List Of Works Tendered As On The Date Of Submission Of This Tender

Sr. No. Name Of Work Name Of

Deptt. &

Adress

Works Tendered For

Remark

Estimated Cost Date When

Decisions

Expected

Stipulated Date Of

Period Of

Completion

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Note : 25% To 50% Estimated Amount Shall Be Consider Based On Stipulated Period Of Completion

24


Annexure –7

List Of Relevant Plant And Machinery.

Sr.

No.

Name Of Equipment No. Of Units Kind And

Make

Capacity Age &

Conditions

Present

Location

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A)

B)

Immediately Available

Proposed To Be Procured

For The Work.

25


Annexure – 8

Details Of Technical Personnel Available With The Contractor

Name Of The Tenderer :

Sr.

No.

Name Of Work Technical

Qualification

Whether Working

In Field Or In

Office

Experience Of

Execution Of

Similar Works

Period For Which

The Person Is

Working With

The Tenderer

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

26


GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

PART - I

INTERPRETATIONS AND DEFINITIONS

1 Singular And

Plura l .

Where The Context So Requires , Words Import ing The

Singular Shal l Also Mean The Plura l And Vice Versa .

2 . Gender Words Import ing The Mascul ine Gender Shal l Also

Inc lude The Feminine Gender .

3 . Definit ions (a) ‘Corpora t ion’ Shal l Mean Navi Mumbai

Munic ipa l Corporation As Incorpora ted Under

The BPMC Act , 1949.

(b) The ‘Municipa l Commissioner’ Shal l Mean The

Munic ipa l Commissioner Of The Corpora t ion,

For The Time Being Holding That Office And

Also His Successor And Shal l Inc lude Any

Off icer Authorized By Him.

(c ) The ‘Engineer’ Shal l Mean The City Engineer

Appointed For The Time Being Or Any Other

Off icer Or Off icers Of The Corpora t ion Who

May Be Authorized By The Commissioner To

Carry Out The Funct ions Of The Engineer .

(d) ‘Engineer’s Representa tive’ Shal l Mean

Executive Engineer/ Deputy Engineer/ Sectional

Engineer /Junior Engineer Or Any Other

Munic ipa l Employee Or Employees Appointed

From Time To Time By The ‘Engineer’ To

Perform The Dut ies Set Forth In Clause No.66

Hereof And General ly To Assis t The Engineer

For The Purpose Of The Contrac t And Whose

Authori ty Shal l Be Not i f ied In Wri t ing To The

Contractor By The Engineer .

(e ) The ‘Contrac t ’ Shal l Mean The Tender And

Acceptance Thereof And The Formal Agreement

If Any, Executed Between The Contractor , And

The Corpora tion Together With The Documents

Referred To There in Including These

Condi t ions And Appendices And Any Specia l

Condi t ions , The Specif icat ions , Designs ,

Drawings, Price Schedules , Bil ls Of Quant i t ies

And Schedule Of Rates . Al l These Documents

27


Taken Together Shal l Be Deemed To Form One

Contract And Shal l Be Complementary To One

Another .

The Order Of Precedence In Case Of Discrepancies

Shal l Be As Under,

1 . Contract Agreements .

2 . The Let ter Of Acceptance .

3 . Notice Invi t ing Tender & Inst ruct ions To

Tenderer .

4 . Special Condi t ions Of Contrac t .

5 . The Genera l Condi t ions Of Contrac t .

6 . Schedule Of Rates & Quant i t ies .

7 . The Technica l Specif ica tions .

8 . The Drawings

9 . Schedules & Annexures .

( f ) The ‘Contractor’ Shal l Mean The Individual Or

Firm Or Company Whether Incorpora ted Or

Not , Undertaking The Works And Shall Inc lude

Legal Representa t ives Of Such Individual Or

Persons Composing Such Firm Or

Unincorpora ted Company Or Successors Of

Such Firm Or Company As The Case May Be

And Permit ted Assigns Of Such Individual Or

Firm Or Company.

(g) ‘Contrac t Sum’ Means The Sum Named In The

Let ter Of Acceptance Inc luding Physica l

Cont ingencies Subject To Such Addi t ion

There to Or Deduct ion There-From As May Be

Made Under The Provis ions Here inaf ter

Conta ined.

Note : The Contrac t Sum Shal l Inc lude The Fol lowing

: -

1 . (A) In The Case Of Percentage Rate Contracts , The

Est imated Value Of Works As Ment ioned In The

Tender Adjusted By The Contrac tor ' s Percentage .

(B) In The Case Of I tem Rate Contrac ts , The Cost

Of The

Work Arrived At Af ter Extension Of The Quant i t ies

Shown In Schedule Of I tems/ Quant i t ies By The

I tem Rates Quoted By The Tenderer For Various

I tems And Summation Of The Extended Cost Of

28


Each I tem.

(C) In Case Of Lump Sum Contrac t , The Sum For

Which Tender Is Accepted.

2 . Special Discount / Rebate / Trade Discount Offered

By

The Tenderer If Any And Accepted By The

Corpora t ion.

3 . Addi t ions Or Dele t ions That Are Accepted Af ter

Opening Of The Tenders.

4 . Physica l Cont ingencies , If Any An Accepted By The

Corpora t ion.

(h) ‘Excepted Risks’ Are Risks Due To Riots

(Otherwise Than Among

Contractors’ Employees) And Civi l Commotion

(In So Far As Both These Are Uninsurable) ,

War (Whether Declared Or Not) ,

Invasion, Act Of Fore ign Enemies , Host i l i t ies ,

Civi l War, Rebel l ion, Revolut ion, Insurrec t ion,

Mil i ta ry Or Usurped Power, Any Act Of

Government , Damage From Aircraf t , Acts Of

God, Such As Earthquake , Lightning And

Unprecedented Floods And Other Causes Over

Which The Contrac tor Has No Control And

Accepted As Such By The Commissioner.

( i ) The ‘Si te’ Mean The Land And Other

Places , More Specif ica lly Ment ioned In The

Special Condi t ions Of The Tender , On, Under,

In Or Through Which The Works Or Temporary

Works Are To Be Executed And Any Other

Lands And Places Provided

By The Corpora t ion For Working Space Or Any

Other Purpose As May Be Specif ica l ly

Designated In The Contract As Forming Part Of

The Si te .

( j ) ‘Urgent Works’ Shal l Mean Any Measures

Which In The Opinion Of The Engineer Become

Necessary During The Progress Of The Work

To Obvia te Any Risk Of Accident Or Fai lure Or

Which Become Necessary For Securi ty.

29


(k) The ‘Works’ Sha l l Mean The Tasks To Be Executed

In Accordance Wi th The Contract Or Par t (S)

Thereof , As The Case May Be , And Shal l Inc lude

Al l Ext ra Or Addi t iona l , Al te red Or Subs t i tuted

Works As Requi red For Performance Of The

Cont rac t .

( l ) ‘Construc t ion Plant’ Shal l Mean All Appl iances

Or Things Of Whatever Nature Required In Or

About The Execut ion, Comple t ion Or

Maintenance Of The Works Or Temporary

Works (As Here In Af ter Def ined) But Shal l

Not Inc lude Materials Or Other Things Intended

To Form Or Forming Part Of The Works.

(m) ‘Temporary Works’ Shal l Mean All Temporary

Tasks Of Every Kind Required In Or About

Execution, Comple tion Or Maintenance Of The

Work.

(n) ‘Drawing’ Shal l Mean The Drawings Referred

To In The Specif icat ion And Any Modif ica tion

Of Such Drawings Approved In Wri t ing By The

Engineer And Such Drawings As May From

Time To Time Be Furnished Or Approved In

Wri t ing By The Engineer .

(o) ‘Approved’ Shal l Mean Approved In Wri t ing

Inc luding Subsequent Confi rmation Of Previous

Verbal Approval And “Approval” Shal l Mean

Approval In Wri t ing Inc luding As Aforesa id.

(p) ‘Specif ica t ion’ Means The Specif ica tion

Referred To In The Tender And Any

Modif icat ion Thereof Or Addi t ion Or Deduct ion

There to As May From Time To Time Be

Furnished Or Approved In Wri t ing By The

Engineer .

(q) “Tender” Means The Contractor’s Priced Offer

To The Corporat ion For The Execut ion And

Complet ion Of The Works And The Remedying

Of Any Defects There in In Accordance With

The Provis ion Of The Contract , As Accepted By

The Let ter Of Acceptance .

( r ) ‘Let ter Of Acceptance’ Means The Formal

30


Acceptance By The Corpora t ion.

(s ) ‘Commencement Date’ Means The Date Upon

Which The Contrac tor Receives The Not ice To

Commence The Work Issued By The Engineer

Pursuant To Clause 80.

( t ) ‘Time For Comple tion’ Means The Time For

Complet ing The Execution Of And Passing The

Tests On Comple t ion Of The Works Or Any

Sect ion Or Part Thereof As Sta ted In The

Contract (Or As Extended Under Clause 83

Calcula ted From The Commencement Date .

(u) The ‘Annexure’ Referred To In These

Condi t ions Shal l Means The Relevant Annexure

Appended To The Tender Papers Issued By The

Corpora t ion.

PART – II

INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTOR 4. Scope Of

Work

The work to be carr ied out under the contrac t shal l ,

except as otherwise provided in these condit ions ,

inc lude al l labour, mater ia ls , tools , p lant , equipment

and t ransport which may be required in

prepara tion of and for and in the ful l and ent i re

execut ion and comple t ion of the works .

The descript ions given in the schedule of works / i tems

/ quant i t ies , and the bi l l s of quant i t ies sha l l , unless

otherwise s ta ted, be he ld to include waste on

materia ls , carr iage and cartage , carrying in , re turn of

empties , hois t ing, se t t ing, f i t t ing and f ixing in posi t ion

and a l l o ther labour necessary in and for the ful l and

ent i re execution and comple tion as aforesaid in

accordance with good prac t ice and recognized

princ iples .

5 . Corrupt Or

Fraudulent

Prac t ices

The Corpora tion Requires That The Bidders /Suppl iers /

Contractors Under This Tender Observe The Highest

Standards Of Ethics During The Procurement And

Execution Of Such Contrac ts . In Pursuance Of This

Pol icy, The Corpora t ion Def ines For The Purposes Of

This Provis ion, The Terms Set Forth As Fol lows:

A)“Corrupt Prac t ice” Means The Offer ing, Giving,

Receiving Or Sol ic i t ing Of Any Thing Of Value To

Inf luence The Action Of The Publ ic Off ic ia l In The

31


Procurement Process Or In Contrac t Execution; And

B)“Fraudulent Prac tice” Means A Misrepresenta t ion Of

Facts In Order To Inf luence A Procurement Process Or

A Execut ion Of A Contract To The Detr iment Of The

Corpora t ion, And Inc ludes Col lusive Prac t ice Among

Bidders (Prior To Or Af ter Bid Submission) Designed

To Establ ish Bid Prices At Art i f ic ia l Non-Compet i t ive

Levels And To Deprive The Corpora t ion Of The

Benef i ts Of The Free And Open Competi t ion;

The Corpora t ion Wil l Rejec t A Proposal For Award If

I t Determines That The Bidder Recommended For

Award Has Engaged In Corrupt Or Fraudulent

Prac t ices In Competing For The Contrac t In Quest ion;

The Corpora t ion Wil l A Firm Inel igible , Ei ther

Indef inite ly Or For A Sta ted Period Of Time, To Be

Awarded A Contrac t I f I t At Any Time Determines

That The Firm Has Engaged In Corrupt And Fraudulent

Prac t ices In Compet ing For, Or In Execut ing, A

Contract .

6 . Int imat ion To

Successful

Tenderers

The Acceptance Of Tender May Be Communicated To

The Successful Tenderer In Wri t ing Or Otherwise

Ei ther By The Tender Opening Authori ty Or Any

Authori ty In The Corpora t ion.

7 . Securi ty

Deposi t

The Contrac tor Shall Pay A Securi ty Deposi t Equal To

Five Percent Of The Contrac t Sum As Securi ty For

Due Fulf i l lment Of The Contrac t , Unless Otherwise

Sta ted In The Tender Documents .

The Mode Of Making This Deposi t Is As Under.

Ini t ia l Or Contrac t Deposi t

A Sum, Which Along With The Earnest Money Already

Paid, Amounts To Three Percent Of The Contrac t Sum

Shal l Be Paid Within 15 Days Af ter Receipt Of

Int imat ion In Wri t ing Of Acceptance Of Tender . I t Is

Opt ional To The Contractor To Make The Contrac t

Deposi t In One Of The Other Of The Fol lowing Ways :

i ) Wholly In Cash Or.

i i ) Wholly In Form Of Nat ional Saving

Cert if ica te Pledged In Favour Of The

Corpora t ion Or Bank Guarantees / Fixed

Deposi t From Nat ional ised / Scheduled Banks

In The Enclosed Format .

i i i ) Part ly In Cash And Part ly In Form Of

Nat ional Saving Cert i f ica te Pledged In Favour

Of The Corpora t ion Or Bank Guarantees /

Fixed Deposi t From Nat ional ised / Scheduled

32


Banks In The Enclosed Format

Retention Money: The Remaining Amount Of The Security Deposi t I .E.

2% Shal l Be Recovered From The Contrac tor’s

Running Bi l ls At The Rate Of Five Percent And Such

Retent ion Together With The Contrac t Deposi t Made

As Aforesa id Shal l Not Exceed In The Aggregate Five

Percent Of The Contract Sum After Which Such

Retent ion Wil l Cease .

8 . Forfe i ture Of

Securi ty

Deposi t

Al l Compensat ion Or Other Sums Of Money Payable

By The Contractor Under The Terms Of This Contract

Or Any Other Account Whatsoever , May Be Deducted

From Or Paid By The Sale Of A Suff ic ient Part Of

This Securi ty Deposi t /Retent ion Money Or From The

Interes t Aris ing There From Or From Any Sums Which

May Be Due Or May Become Due To The Contrac tor

By The Corpora t ion On Any Account Whatsoever , And

In The Event Of His Securi ty Deposi t /Retent ion Money

Being Reduced By Reason Of Any Such Deduct ion Or

Sale As Aforesa id, The Contractor Shal l Within 15

Days Of Receipt Of Not ice Of Demand From The

Engineer Make Good The Def ici t .

In The Event Of The Said Deposi t Having Been Made

By The Contrac tor By Del ivery To The Corpora t ion

Of The Guarantee Of The Bankers Of The Contrac tor ,

And Of The Contractor Under Any Of The Provis ions

Of This Contract Becoming Subjec t To Or Liable For

Any Penal ty For Damages Liquidated Or Unl iquidated

Or Of The Said Deposi t Becoming Forfe i ted Any

Breach Or Fai lure Or Determinat ion Of Contrac t ,

Then, And In Such Case The Amount Of Any Such

Penal ty Or Damages And The Deposi t So Forfe i ted Is

Not Previously Paid To The Munic ipa l Commissioner ,

Shal l Immedia te ly On Demand Be Paid By The Said

Bankers To And May Be Forfe i ted By The Municipal

Commissioner Under And In Terms Of The Said

Guarantee .

9 . Execution Of

Contract

Document

The Successful Tenderer Af ter Furnishing Ini t ia l

Securi ty Deposi t , Is Required To Execute An

Agreement In Duplicate In The Form Attached With

The Tender Documents On A Stamp Paper Of Proper

Value . The Proper Value At Present Is Rs. 100/- . The

Agreement Should Be Signed Within One Month From

The Date Of Acceptance Of The Tender

33


10. Issue Of Work

Order Work Order Wil l Be Issued Af ter Execut ion Of

Contract Document .

11. Contract

Documents

The Contrac tor Shall Be Furnished, Free Of Charge ,

Two Cert i f ied True Copies Of The Contrac t Documents

And All Further Drawings Which May Be Issued

During The Progress Of The Work. None Of These

Documents Shal l Be Used By The Contrac tor For Any

Purpose Other Than That Of This Contrac t .

12. Indemnity

Bond The Contrac tor Shal l Require To Execute An

Indemnity Bond For Sat isfactory Performance Of The

Ent i re Projec t On Stamp Paper Of Rs.100/- In The

Format As Per Annexure ‘D’. This Indemnity Bond

Shal l Remain In Force For Period Ment ioned In

Schedule ‘A’ As Defect Liabi l i ty Period Af ter

Complet ion Of The Projec t .

13. Licences The Successful Tenderer Should Comply Sta tutory

Inst ruc t ion Of Contrac t Labour & Will Be Required To

Produce To The Sat isfac tion Of The Engineer A Val id

Contract Labour Licence Issued In His Favour Under

The Provis ion Of The Contrac t Labour Licence

(Regula t ion And Abol i t ion) 1970, Before Star t ing The

Work. On Fai lure To Do So, The Acceptance Of The

Tender Is Liable To Be Withdrawn And Also The

Earnest Money Is Liable To Be Forfe i ted.

14. Details To Be

Conf ident ia l

The Contrac tor Shal l Trea t The Detai ls Of The

Contract As Priva te And Conf ident ia l , Save In So Far

As May Be Necessary For The Purposes Thereof , And

Shal l Not Publ ish Or Disc lose The Same Or Any

Part iculars Thereof In Any Trade Or Technica l Paper

Or Elsewhere Without The Previous Consent In

Wri t ing Of The Engineer . I f Any Dispute Arises As

To The Necessi ty Of Any Publ ica t ion Or Disc losure

For The Purpose Of The Contract The Same Shal l Be

Referred To The Corpora t ion Whose Determinat ion

Shal l Be Final .

15. Off ic ia l

Secrecy The Contractor Shal l , Whenever Required, Take

Necessary Steps To Ensure That Al l Persons Employed

On Any Work In Connection With This Contrac t Have

Not iced That The India Off ic ia l Secre ts Act 1923 (XIX

Of 1923) Appl ies To Them And Shal l Cont inue To

Apply Even Af ter Execution Of Such Work Under The

Contract .

16. Assignment The Contrac tor Shal l Not Assign Transfer Or At tempt

To Assign, Transfer The Contrac t Or Any Part

Thereof , Or Any Benefi t Or Interes t There in Or There

Under Otherwise Than By A Charge In Favour Of The

34


Contractor’s Bankers Of Any Money Due Or To

Become Due Under This Contrac t , Without The Prior

Wri t ten Approval Of The Commissioner.

17. Sub-Let t ing The Contrac tor Shall Not Sub-Let Or At tempt To Sub-

Let The Whole Of The Works.

Except Where Otherwise Provided By The Contract ,

The Contrac tor Shal l Not Sub-Let Any Part Of The

Works Without The Prior Wri t ten Approval Of The

Engineer , Which Shal l Not Be Unreasonably With-

Held, And Such Approval , I f Given, Shal l Not Rel ieve

The Contrac tor From Any Liabi l i ty Or Obl iga t ion

Under Defaul ts And Neglec ts Of Any Sub-Contrac tor ,

His Agents , Servants Or Workmen As Ful ly As If They

Were The Acts , Defaul ts Or Neglec ts Of The

Contractor , His Agents , Servants Or Workmen.

Provided Always That The Engagement Of Labour On

A Piecework Basis Or Labour With Materia l Not To Be

Incorpora ted In The Work Shal l Not Be Deemed To Be

A Sub-Let t ing Under This Clause .

The Contrac tor Shal l Be Responsible For Observance

By His Sub-Contractors Of The Foregoing Provis ions

18. Changes In

Const i tut ion Where The Contrac tor Is A Partnership Firm,

The Prior Approval In Wri t ing Of The Commissioner

Shal l Be Obta ined Before Any Change Is Made In The

Const i tut ion Of The Firm. Where The Contrac tor Is An

Individual Or Hindu Undivided Family Business

Concern Such Approval As Aforesa id Shal l Likewise

Be Obta ined Before The Contrac tor Enters Into Any

Partnership Agreement Where Under The Partnership

Firm Would Have The Right To Carry Out The Work

Hereby Undertaken By The Contrac tor . I f Prior

Approval As Aforesa id Is Not Obta ined The Contrac t

Shal l Be Deemed To Have Been Assigned In

Contravent ion Of The Clause No. 108 Hereof And The

Same Act ion May Be Taken And The Same

Consequences Shal l Ensure As Provided For In The

Said Condi t ion.

19. Power Of

At torney

The Contrac tor Shall Not Issue Any Kind Of Power Of

At torney In Favour Of His Bankers For Rout ine

Payments To The Contrac tors Through Bank.

20. Contractors

Staff

The Contrac tor Shal l Employ In And About The

Execution Of Works Only Such Persons As Are Ski l led

And Are Experienced In Their Severa l Trades And The

Engineer Shal l Be At Liberty To Object To And

Require The Contrac tor To Remove From The Works

Any Person, Employed By The Contrac tor In Or About

35


The Execut ion Of The Works, Who In The Opinion Of

The Engineer Misconducts Himself Or Is Incompetent

Or Negl igent In The Proper Performance Of His Dut ies

And Such Person Shal l Not Be Again Employed Upon

The Works Without Permiss ion Of The Engineer .

21. Contractors’

Supervis ion

The Contrac tor Shall Himself Supervise The Execut ion

Of Works Or Shal l Appoint Competent Agent

Approved By The Engineer To Act In His Stead. If , In

The Opinion Of The Engineer The Contrac tor Himself

Not Have Suff ic ient Knowledge And Experience To Be

Capable Of Receiving Inst ruc t ions Or Cannot Give His

Ful l At tent ion To The Works, The Contrac tor Shal l At

His Own Expense , Employ As His Accredi ted Agent

An Engineer Or A Sui tably Qual i f ied And Experienced

Person Approved By The Engineer . The Name Of The

Agent So Appointed, Along-With The Qual if icat ions ,

Experience And Address Shal l Be Communicated To

The Engineer . The Agent Shal l Be A Responsible

Person Adequate ly Organisa t ion By The Contrac tor To

Take Decis ion On Si te And To Spend Money If

Required For Procuring Materia l And Labour Etc .

To Carry Out Emergency Works In The Interest Of

The Work, If So Required By The Engineer . Orders

Given To Contrac tor’s Agent Shal l Be Considered To

Have The Same Force As If These Had Been Given To

The Contrac tor Himself .

I f The Contrac tor Fai ls To Appoint A Sui table Agent

As Direc ted By The Engineer , The Engineer Shal l

Have Ful l Powers To Suspend The Execution Of The

Works Unt i l Such Date As A Sui table Agent Is

Appointed And The Contractor Shal l Be Held

Responsible For The Delay So Caused To The Works.

22. Employment

Of Labour

The Contractor Shall Employ The Labour In Sufficient Numbers To

Maintain The Required Rate Of Progress And Of Quality To Ensure

Workmanship, Of The Degree Specified In The

Contract And To The Satisfaction Of The Engineer. The Contractor

Shall Not Employ In Connection With The Work Any Child Who

Has Not Completed His 15th

Year Of Age. He Shall Also Not

Employ An Adolescent Who Has Not Completed His 18th

Year

Unless He Is Certified Fit For Work As An Adult As Prescribed

Under Clause (B) Of Sub-Section (2) Of Section 69 Of The

Factories Act, 1948.

The Contrac tor Shall Make His Own Arrangement For

The Engagement Of Al l Labour Local Or Otherwise .

The Contrac tor Shal l Indemnify The Corpora t ion Or

Any Agent , Servant Or Employee Of Corpora t ion For

Any Lapses On The Part Of Contrac tor On Account Of

36


Non-Compliance Of Above Referred Acts .

23. Compliance

With Labour

Regula t ion.

The Contractor Shal l Pay Fair And Reasonable Wages

To The Workmen Employed By Him, For The Contrac t

Undertaken By Him. In The Event Of Any Dispute

Aris ing Between The Contrac tor And His Workmen On

The Grounds That The Wages Paid Are Not Fair And

Reasonable , The Dispute Shall Be Referred Without

Delay To The Engineer , Who Shall Decide The Same.

The Decision Of The Engineer Shal l Be Conclusive

And Binding On The Contrac tor But Such Decis ion

Shal l Not In Any Way Affec t The Condi t ions In The

Contract Regarding The Payment To Be Made By

Corpora t ion At The Same Sanct ioned Tender Rates .

The Employees Of The Contrac tor And The Sub-

Contractor In No Case Shall Be Trea ted As The

Employees Of The Corpora t ion At Any Point Of Time.

SALIENT FEATURES OF SOME MAJOR LABOUR

LAWS APPLICABLE TO ESTABLISHMENTS

ENGAGED IN BUILDING AND OTHER

CONSTRUCTION WORK.

( i ) Workman Compensation Act 1923.

The Act Provides For Compensat ion In Case Of Injury

By Accident Aris ing Out Of And During The Course

Of Employment .

( i i ) Payment Of Gratuity Act 1972 .

Gra tui ty Is Payable To An Employee Under The Act

On Sat isfac t ion Of Certain Condi t ions On Separa tion

If An Employee Has Completed 5 Years Service Or

More Or On Death At The Rate Of 15 Days Wages For

Every Comple ted Year Of Service . The Act Is

Appl icable To All Establ ishments Employing 10 Or

More Employees .

( I i i ) Employees PF And Miscel laneous Provis ion Act, 1952 .

The Act Provides For Monthly Contr ibut ions By The

Employer Plus Workers @ 10% Or 8.33% . The

Benef i ts Payable Under The Act Are

(a) Pension Or Family Pension On Ret i rement Or

Death As The Case May Be.

(b) Deposi t Linked Insurance On The Death In

37


Harness Of The Worker .

(c ) Payment Of PF Accumula t ion On Reti rement /

Death Etc .

( iv) Maternity Benefi t Act 1951

Act Provides For Leave And Some Other Benefi ts To

Women Employees In Case Of Conf inement Or

Miscarr iage Etc .

(v) Contract Labour (Regulation And Abol i t ion) Act 1970 .

The Act Provides For Certa in Welfare Measures To Be

Provided By The Contrac tor To Contrac t Labour And

In Case The Contrac tor Fai ls To Provide , The Same

Are Required To Be Provided By The Princ ipal

Employer By Law. The Princ ipa l Employer Is Required

To Take Cert if ica te Of Regis t ra t ion And The

Contractor Is Required To Take A Licence From The

Designated Off icer . The Act Is Appl icable To The

Establ ishments Or Contrac tor Of Princ iple Employer If

They Employ 20 Or More Contrac t Labour.

(vi ) Minimum Wages Act 1970

The Contrac tor Shall See That The Provis ions Set For

Under The Minimum Wages Act And Contract

Regula t ion And Abol i t ion Act 1970 With The

Maharashtra Contrac t Labour(Regula t ion And

Abol i t ion) Rules 1971 As Amended From Time To

Time Are Ful ly Complied With By Him And Shal l

Mainta in Necessary Regis ters And Records For

Payment Of Wages, Overt ime, Etc . Made To His

Workmen As Required By The Concil ia t ion Off icer

(Centra l ) , Minis t ry Of Labour, Government Of India ,

Or Such Other Organisa t ion Person Appointed By The

Central Or Sta te Government .

(vi i ) Payment Of Wages Act 1936 I t Lays Down As To By What Date The Wages Are To

Be Paid, When I t Wil l Be Paid And What Deduct ions

Can Be Made From The Wages Of The Workers .

(vi i i ) Equal Remuneration Act 1979.

The Act Provides For Payment Of Equal Wages For

38


Work Of Equal Nature To Male & Female Workers And

Not For Making Discriminat ion Against Female

Employees In The Mat ters Of Transfers , Tra ining And

Promotions Etc .

( ix) Payment Of Bonus Act 1965

The Act Is Appl icable To All Establ ishments

Employing 20 Or More Workmen. The Act Provides

For Payments Of Annual Bonus Subjec t To A Minimum

Of 8.33% Of Wages And Maximum Of 200% Of Wages

To Employees Drawing Rs. 3 ,500/- P.M. Or Less . The

Bonus To Be Paid To Or Employees Gett ing Rs. 2500/-

P.M. Above Upto 3500/- P.M. Shal l Be Worked Out By

Taking Wages As Rs. 2500/- P.M. Only. The Act Does

Not Apply To Certa in Establ ishments . The Newly Set

Up Establ ishments Are Exempted For Five Years In

Certain Circumstances . Some Of The Sta te

Governments Have Reduced The Employment Size

From 20 To 10 For The Purpose Of Appl icabi l i ty Of

The Act .

(x) Industr ial Disputes Act 1947

The Act Lays Down The Machinery And Procedure For

Resolution Of Industr ia l Disputes , In What Si tua t ions

A Str ike Or Lock-Out Becomes I l legal And What Are

The Requirements For Laying Off Or Retrenching The

Employees Or Closing Down The Establishment .

(xi ) Industr ial Employment (Standing Orders )

Act 1946

I t Is Appl icable To All Establishments Employing

1000 Or More Workmen (Employment Size Reduced

By Some Of The Sta tes And Centra l Government To

50) . The Act Provides For Laying Down Rules

Governing The Condi t ions Of Employment By The

Employer Or Mat ters Provided In The Act And Get The

Same Cert if ied By The Designated Authori ty.

(xi i ) Trade Unions Act 1926 The Act Lays Down The Procedure For Regis t ra t ion Of

Trade Unions Of Workmen And Employers . The Trade

Unions Regis tered Under The Act Have Been Given

Certain Immunit ies From Civi l And Criminal

Liabi l i t ies .

39


(xi i i ) Child Labour (Prohibit ion And Regulation

) Act 1986.

The Act Prohibi ts Employment Of Children Below 14

Years Of Age In Certain Occupat ion And Processes

And Provides For Regula t ion Of Employment Of

Chi ldren In Al l Other Occupat ions And Processes.

Employment Of Child Labour Is Prohibi ted In Bui lding

And Construc t ion Industry.

(xiv) Inter-State Migrant Workmen’s ( Regulation

Of Employment And Condit ions Of Service )

Act 1979. The Act Is Appl icable To An Establishment Which

Employees 5 Or More Inter-Sta te Migrant Workmen

Through An Intermediary ( Who Has Recrui ted

Workmen In One Sta te For Employment In The

Establ ishment Si tuated In Another Sta te ) . The Inter-

Sta te Migrant Workmen, In An Establ ishment To

Which This Act Becomes Appl icable , Are Required To

Be Provided Certain Faci l i t ies Such As Housing,

Medica l Aid, Travel ing Expenses From Home Upto

The Establ ishment And Back, Etc .

(xv) The Building & Other Construction

Workers (Regulation Of Employment And

Condi t ions Of Service) Act 1996 And The Cess

Act Of 1996.

Al l The Establ ishments Who Carry On Any Bui lding

Or Other Construc t ion Work And Employs 10 Or More

Workers Are Covered Under This Act . Al l Such

Establ ishments Are Required To Pay Cess At Rate Not

Exceeding 2% Of The Cost Of Construct ion As May Be

Not i f ied By The Government . The Employer Of The

Establ ishment Is Required To Provide Safe ty Measures

At The Bui lding Or Construc t ion Work And Other

Welfare Measures , Such As Canteens , Fi rs t -Aid

Faci l i t ies , Ambulance , Housing Accommodat ion For

Workers Near The Workplace Etc . The Employer To

Whom The Act Appl ies Has To Obtain A Regis t ra t ion

Cert if ica te From The Regis ter ing Officer Appointed

By The Government .

24. Safety

Provis ions The Contrac tor Shall At His Own Expense Arrange For

The Safe ty Provis ions Indica ted In Annexure `A’ Or

As Required By The Engineer , In Respect Of Al l

40


Labour Direc t ly Or Indirec t ly Employed For

Performance Of The Works And Shal l Provide All

Faci l i t ies In Connection Therewith. In Case The

Contractor Fai ls To Make Arrangements And Provide

Necessary Faci l i t ies As Aforesa id, The Engineer Shal l

Be Enti t led To Do So And Recover The Costs Thereof

From The Contrac tor .

25. Provis ion Of

Firs t -Aid Box The Contrac tor Shal l , At His Own Cost , Provide And

Mainta in At The Si te Of Works A Standard Firs t Aid

Box As Direc ted And Approved By The Engineer For

The Use Of His Own As Well As The Corpora t ion`S

Staff On Si te .

26. Apprent ices The Contractor Shall Comply With The Provision Of The

Apprentice Act, 1961, And The Rules And Orders Issued There

Under From Time To Time. The Contractor Shall During The

Term Of This Agreement Maintain As A Part Of His

Organisation A System Of Apprenticeship For Training

Craftsmen As May Be Approved By The Engineer. The

Apprentices Are To Be Engaged And Trained In The Building

Craft/Trades. The Number Of Apprentices To Be Engaged Shall

Be Decided And Got Approved From The Office Of The Director

Of Technical Education And State Apprenticeship Advisor,

Maharashtra State, Dhobi Talao, Bombay –400 001. Failure On

The Part Of The Contractor To Observe The Stipulation Of This

Conditions Shall Be Deemed To Be Failure To Employ A

Sufficient Number Of Proper And Efficient Workmen And All

The Rights And Remedies Of The Commissioner Therein

Provided Including The Power To Determine The Contract Shall

Be Applicable In Such Case. The Contractor Shall Also Be

Liable For Any Pecuniary Liability Arising On Account Of Any

Violation By Him Of The Provisions Of The Act.

27. Personnel . The Contrac tor Shal l Employ The Key Personnel

Named In The Schedule Of Key Personnel (Annexure

‘B’) Or Other Personnel Approved By The Engineer To

Carry Out The Funct ions . The Engineer Wil l Approve

Any Proposed Replacement Of Key Personnel Only If

Their Qual if icat ions , Abi l i t ies And Relevant

Experience Are Substant ia l ly Equal To Or Bet ter Than

Those Of The Personnel Lis ted In The Schedule .

28. Temporary

Si te Off ice

For The

Engineer

(For Works

Cost ing Above

Rs. 50 Lacks

The Cont rac tor Sha l l At His Own Cost And To The

Sa t is fac t ion Of The Engineer , Provide A Si te Off ice Of

Not Less Than 25 Sq . Mtr . Wi th Br ick Wall s , P las te r ing

Ins ide , Rough Shahabad Floor ing And One Wri t ing Table

With Six Chai r s And Large Size Stee l Cupboard. He Sha l l

Also Make Necessary Arrangements For Dr inking Water

And Elect r i c Connect ion And Locking Arrangement .

41


Only) Upon Comple t ion Of The Whole Work And Af te r Clear ing

The Si te And Upon Expi ry Of Defect Liab i l i ty Per iod, The

Cont rac tor Shal l Remove The Si te Off ice And Take

Possess ion Of The Furn i ture And Cupboards Provided By

Him In The Condi t ion It Was On The Date Of Rece iving

Back The Same.

29. Contractor’s

Off ice Near

Works

The Contrac tor Shal l Have An Off ice Near The Works

At Which Notice From The Engineer May Be Served

And Shal l , Between The Hours Of Sunrise And Sunset

On All Working Days, Have A Clerk Or Some Other

Organisa t ion Person Always Present At Such Off ice

Upon Whom Such Not ices May Be Served And Service

Of Any Not ices Lef t With Such Clerk Or Other

Organisa t ion Person Or At Such Off ice Shal l Be

Deemed Good Service Upon The Contrac tor .

30. Permiss ion

For Erec t ion

& Removal Of

Off ice On

Complet ion Of

Work

The Contrac tor Shal l Obta in Permiss ion For Erec t ion

Of Si te Off ice , Cement Godown, Store , Etc . On

Payment Of Necessary Charges As Demanded By The

Concerned Authori t ies As Per The Prevai l ing Rules .

The Cement Godown, Watchman Cabins , Etc . Shal l Be

Provided As Direc ted And Shal l Be Removed By The

Contractor On Comple t ion Of The Work At Their Cost .

31. Use Of

Munic ipa l

Land

(A)The Contrac tor Shal l Not Be Permitted To Enter On

(Other Than For Inspection Purposes) Or Take

Possess ion Of Si te Unt i l Ins t ruc ted To Do So By The

Engineer In Wri t ing.

The Portion Of The Site To Be Occupied By The Contractor Shall

Be Defined And/Or Marked On The Site Plan, Failing Which These

Shall Be Indicated By The Engineer. The Contractor Shall On No

Account Be Allowed To Extend His Operations Beyond These

Areas. The Use Of Such Portion Of The Site Shall Be Allowed Free

Of Any Lease Rent During Scheduled Time Period For The

Completion Of The Work. However At The Expiry Of The

Stipulated Period Of The Work, As May Be Extended From Time

To Time, Contractor Has To Pay Charges For These Facilities As

Per The Prevailing Rates Levied By The Corporation For Use Of

Public Utility Places.

The Contractor Will Be Allowed To Use The Land For The

Purpose Of Sheds, Offices Thereon For Themselves And For The

Engineer And His Subordinates And Shall Remove The Same From

The Ground On The Completion Of The Works, Or When Required

To Do So, By The Engineer After Receiving 7 Days Notice. He

Shall Make Good Any Damage Which May Have Been Done And

Restore To Good Condition Any Thing Which May Have Been

Disturbed During The Period Of His Occupation.

He Shall Not Use Or Allow To Be Used Any Such Ground, Sheds

Or Offices, Or Any Portion Of The Site Of The Works, For Any

42


Other Purpose Than The Carrying Out Of Works Under This

Contract, Failing Which Charges Applicable Will Become Payable

In The Event Of There Being On Plot Or Ground Or Insufficiency

Of Ground Belonging To The Corporation Available For The Above

Purpose, The Contractor Shall Provide Other Such Ground At His

Own Cost.

The Contractor Shall In Any Case Pay All Taxes Which May Have

To Be Paid In Respect Of All Ground, Sheds Or Offices Used As

Above, And All The License Fees, Etc., That May Be Demanded

For The Storage Or Otherwise Of The Various Articles As Per Rules

In Force.

The Contractor Shall Provide, If Necessary Or If Required On The

Site All Temporary Accesses Thereto And Shall Alter, Adopt And

Maintain The Same As Required From Time To Time And Shall

Take Up And Clear Them Away As And When No Longer Required

And Make Good All Damage Done To The Site.

The Contractor Has Also Be Allowed At The Sole Discretion Of

The Corporation To Stack Material Required For Execution Of

Work In Corporation Land Out Of The Project Area On Payment Of

Necessary Charges As Per Corporation Rules For Use Of Roads

Public Utility Places.

32. Water Supply

For

Corpora t ion

Work

The Water Wil l Not Be Suppl ied By The Corpora tion.

The Contrac tor Has To Make His Own Arrangements

For Supply Of Water . However On Avai labi l i ty Of

Water I t Can Be Suppl ied At The Organisa t ion

Corpora t ion Rate And Terms And Condi t ions .

33.

Elect r ic

Supply No Power Connect ion Shal l Be Provided. The

Contractor Shal l Make At His Own Cost His Own

Arrangement For Power Connect ion, I f Required.

34. Contractor To

Protec t The

Work

The Contrac tor Shal l Make His Own Arrangements For

Protec t ing The Work / Protec t ion Ageis t Obstruc t ions

From Any Ant i -Socia l Elements By Taking At His /

Their Cost Pol ice Protec t ion Or Such Other Legal

Methods Through Law Enforc ing Authori t ies And That

The Corpora t ion Shal l Not Be Liable To Compensate

The Contrac tor On This Account . The Corpora t ion

Would Only Forward The Appl ica t ion Of The

Contractor To The Pol ice Deptt . Without Any Liabi l i ty

Against The Corpora t ion On This Account .

35. Fencing,

Watching And

Light ing

The Contrac tor Shal l Provide And Mainta in At His

Own Expense All Lights , Guards , Fencing And

Watching When And Where Necessary Or As Required

By The Engineer For The Protec t ion Of The Safe ty

43


And Convenience Of Those Employed On The Works

Or The Publ ic . In The Event Of Fai lure On The Part Of

The Contrac tor , The Engineer May With Or Without

Not ice To The Contrac tor Put Up A Fence Or Improve

A Fence Already Put Up Or Provide And/Or Improve

The Light ing Or Adopt Such Other Measures As He

May Deem Necessary, And All The Cost Of Such

Procedures As May Be Adopted By The Engineer Shal l

Be Borne By The Contrac tor . In Addi t ion The Engineer

May Impose Such Fines Or Penal ty As The Engineer

May Deem Reasonable , Under Clause No. 53.

36. Contractor’s

Liabi l i t ies

& Insurance

(Car Pol icy)

From Commencement To Comple t ion Of The Works,

The Contractor Shall Take Ful l Responsibi l i ty For The

Care Thereof And For Taking Precautions To Prevent

Loss Or Damage And To Minimize The Loss Or

Damage To The Greates t Extent Possible And Shal l Be

Liable For Any Damage Or Loss That May Happen To

The Works Or Any Part Thereof .

The Pol icy So Obta ined Shal l Cover Ent i re Period Of

Construc t ion (Inc luding All Extensions) And Also

Shal l Cover The Defects Liabi l i ty Per iod. The Pol icy

Shal l Be For The Tota l Contract Sum.

Before Commencing Execut ion Of The Work, The

Contractors Shal l Without In Any Way Limit ing His

Obl iga t ions And Responsibil i t ies Under This

Condi t ion, Insure Against Any Damage Loss Or Injury

Which May Occur To Any Property (Priva te ,

Government And/Or Corpora t ion) Or To Any Person

(Inc luding Any Employee Of The Corpora t ion) By Or

Aris ing Out Of The Contract .

Al l Insurances (Car Pol icy) To Be Affec ted By The

Contractors And/Or His Sub-Contrac tors Shal l Be

Taken Out With Direc tora te Of Insurance ,

Maharashtra State Only. In Case, However, A

Part icular Aspect Is Not Covered Under The Pol icy To

Be Obta ined From The Direc torate Of Insurance ,

Maharashtra Sta te , The Contrac tor Wil l Be Allowed To

Have Such Insurance From Other Insurance Company

With The Prior Permiss ion Of The Commissioner .

I f The Contrac tor Has A Blanket Insurance Pol icy For

Al l His Works And The Pol icy Covers Al l The I tems

To Be Insured Under This Condit ion, The Said Pol icy

Shal l Be Assigned By The Contrac tor , In Favour Of

The Corpora t ion; Provided, However, I f Any Amount

Is Payable Under The Pol icy By The Insurers In

44


Respect Of Works Other Than The Works Under This

Contract , The Same May Be Recovered By The

Contractor Direc t ly From The Insurers . The Amount Of

Cla im To The Extent Payment Made By Corpora t ion

Shal l Be Direct ly Reimbursed To Corpora t ion By

Insurer .

PROVIDED Always That The Contrac tor Shal l Not

Be Ent i t led To Payment Under The Above Provis ions

In Respect Of Such Loss Or Damage As Have Been

Occasioned By Any Fai lure On His Part To Perform

His Obl iga t ions Under The Contrac t Or Not Taking

Precaut ions To Prevent Loss Or Damage Or Minimize

The Amount Of Such Loss Or Damage.

Where A Corpora t ion`S Bui lding Or Part Thereof Is

Rented By The Contrac tor Or Is Al lowed To Be Used

By Him, He Shal l Insure The Ent i re Bui lding If The

Bui lding Or Any Part Thereof Is Used By Him For The

Purpose Of Storing Or Using Materials Of Combust ible

Nature As To Which The Decision Of The Engineer

Shal l Be Final And Binding.

The Contractor Shall Indemnify And Keep Indemnified The

Corporation Against All Losses And Claims For Injuries Or Damage

To Any Person Or Any Property Whatsoever Which May Arise Out

Of Or In Consequence Of The Construction And Maintenance Of

The Work And Against All Claims, Demands, Proceedings,

Damages, Costs, Charges And Expenses Whatsoever In Respect Of

Or In Relation Thereto.

PROVIDED Always That Nothing Herein Contained Shall Be

Deemed To Render The Contractor Liable For Or In Respect Of Or

To The Corporation Against Any Compensation Or Damage Caused

By The Excepted Risks.

The Contractor Shall At All Times Indemnify The Corporation

Against All Claims, Damages Or Compensation Under The

Provisions Of Payment Of Wages Act 1936, Minimum Wages

Act 1948, Employers Liability Act 1938, The Workmen’s

Compensation Act 1923, Industrial Dispute Act 1947, Indian

Factories Act 1948 And Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 Or Any

Modifications Thereof And Rules Made There Under From Time To

Time Or As A Consequence Or Any Accident Or Injury To Any

Workman Or Other Persons In Or About The Works, Whether In

The Employment Of The Contractor Or Not, Save And Except

Where Such Accident Or Injury Have Resulted From Any Act Of

The Corporation, Their Agents Or Servants, And Also Against All

Cost, Charges And Expenses Of Any Suit, Action Or Proceedings

Arising Out Of Such Accident Or Injury And Against All Sum Or

Sums Which May With The Consent Of The Contractor Be Paid To

45


Compromise Or Compound Any Such Claim Without Limiting His

Obligations And Liabilities As Above Provided. The Contractor

Shall Insure Against All Claims Damages Or Compensation Payable

Under The Various Acts Mentioned Above Or Any Modifications

Thereof Or Any Other Law Relating Thereto.

The Aforesaid Insurance Policies Shall Provide That They Shall Not

Be Canceled Till The Commissioner Has Agreed To Their

Cancellations.

The Contractor Shall Prove To The Engineer From Time To Time

That He Has Taken Out All The Insurance Policies Referred To

Above And Has Paid The Necessary Premia For Keeping The

Policies Alive Till The Expiry Of The Defects Liability Period After

Completion Of Work For A Period Of Not Exceeding 12 Months As

Per Directives Of Directorate Of Insurance, Maharashtra State.

The Contractor Shall Ensure That Similar Insurance Policies Are

Taken Out By His Sub Contractors(If Any) And Shall Be

Responsible For Any Claims Or Losses To The Corporation

Resulting From Their Failure To Obtain Adequate Insurance

Protection In Connection Thereof. The Contractor Shall Produce Or

Cause To Be Produced By His Sub-Contractor (If Any) As The Case

May Be, The Relevant Policy Or Policies And Premium Receipts As

And When Required By The Engineer.

I f The Contrac tor And/Or His Sub-Contractors (If

Any) Shal l Fa i l To Effec t And Keep In Force The

Insurance Referred Above For Any Other Insurance

Which He/They May Require To Effec t Under The

Terms Of Contrac t Then And In Any Such Case The

Commissioner May Without Being Bound To Effect

And Keep In Force Any Such Insurance And Pay

Premium Or Premia As May Be Necessary For That

Purpose And From Time To Time Deduct The Amount

So Paid By The Corpora t ion Plus 20 Per Cent Of

Premium Or Premia Amount As Service Charges From

Any Money Due Or Which May Become Due To The

Contractor Or Recover The Same As Debt From The

Contractor .

37. Contractor To

Preserve

Peace

The Contrac tor Shal l At All Times During The

Progress Of The Work Take All Requis i te Precaut ion

And Use His Best Endeavors For Prevent ing Any

Riotous Or Unlawful Behavior By Or Amongst The

Workers And Other Employed On The Works And For

The Preservat ion Of Peace And Protect ion Of The

Inhabi tants And Securi ty Of Property In The

Neighborhood Of The Works. He Shal l Also Pay The

Charges Of Such Special Pol ice (If Any) As The

46


Engineer May Deem Necessary.

38. Protec t ion Of

Trees

Trees Designated By The Engineer Shal l Be Protec ted

From Damage During The Course Of The Work And

Earth Level Within One Metre Of Each Such

Tree Shal l Not Be Changed. Where Necessary, Such

Trees Shal l Be Protected By Temporary Fencing. Al l

Such Cost Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor .

39. Maintenance

Of Under-

Ground Uti l i ty

Services

Al l The Underground Uti l i ty Services Such As Water

Pipes , Gas Pipes , Dra ins , Sewers , Cables Etc . , Which

May Be Met Up In Or About Any Excavat ion, Shal l I f

The Engineer Deem It Prac t icable , Be Properly

Mainta ined And Protected By The Contrac tor Himself

Or Through Other Agency By Means Of Shoring,

Strut t ing, Planking Over, Padding Or Otherwise As

Direc ted By The Engineer During The Progress Of The

Work Without Claiming Any Extra Charges . Any

Damage To These Underground Uti l i ty Services Shal l

Be Immedia te ly Remedied By The Contrac tor Or By

Other Agency At His Own Cost , Fa il ing Which The

Engineer May With Or Without Not ice Adopt Such

Measures As He May Deem Necessary At The Risk

And Cost Of The Contrac tor .

I f On The Other Hand, The Engineer Considers I t

Impract icable For The Contrac tor To Mainta in Any

Such Underground Uti l i ty Services And That The

Exigencies Of The Work Necessi tate , The Breaking

Down, Removal Or Divers ion Of The Said Ut i l i ty

Services , The Cost Of Such Breaking Down, Removal

Or Divers ion Inc luding That Of Rebui lding, Replac ing,

Divert ing And Reinsta t ing Of Any Such Uti l i ty

Services Shal l Be Paid To The Contractor If Done By

Him. However, The Cost Of Providing Pumps, Chutes

Or Other Appl iances As The Engineer May Direc t For

The Rais ing Or Temporary Passage Of The Water Or

Sewage And The Cost Of Pumping Out Or Removing

As Of ten As The Engineer May Direc t , Any Water Or

Sewage Which May Escape From Any Such

Underground Uti l i ty Services , Shal l Be Borne By The

Contractor .

The Tenderer Shal l Contac t Al l The Publ ic Bodies ,

Etc . To Know The Under-Ground Services That May

Be Encountered By Him / Them During The Execution

Of The Work And Account For The Consequences Of

The Si te Restra ints While Submit t ing Their Tenders .

No Compensat ion / Cost Shal l Be Payable On Account

47


Of Any Under-Ground Services Which Obstruc ts The

Work And Cause Delay.

40. Precaut ions

For Works In

Thorough-

Fares

While The Execution Of Any Work Is In Progress In

Any Stree t Or Thoroughfare The Contrac tor At His

Own Cost Shal l Make Adequate Provis ion For The

Passage Of Traff ic , For Securing Safe Access To All

Premises Approached From Such Stree t Or

Thoroughfare , And For Any Drainage , Water

Supply, Or Means Of Light ing Or Any Other Ut i l i ty

Service Which May Be Interrupted By Reason Of

Execution Of The Work. Whenever I t May Be

Necessary To Stop The Traf f ic In Any Stree t Or

Thoroughfare Permiss ion Must Firs t Be Obta ined From

The Engineer And The Contractor Shal l Then Put Up

Such Barr iers And Adopt Such Other Measures Or

Take Precaut ions As May Be Necessary Or As The

Engineer May Direc t For Regula t ion Of Traff ic . The

Work Shal l In Such Cases Be Executed Night And Day

Or For As Long A Period As Prac t icable If So Ordered

By The Engineer , And With Such Speed & Vigour As

He May Require , So That The Traff ic May Be Impeded

For As Short A Time As Possible . The Contrac tor

Shal l Remove The Barr iers As Soon As The Necessi ty

For Them Has Ceased. Care Shal l Be Taken By The

Contractor To Cause The Least Possible Obstruct ion

To Traff ic During The Progress Of The Work.

41. Traff ic The Contrac tor Shal l Have To Make All Necessary

Arrangements For Regula t ing Traff ic Day And Night

During The Period Of Construc t ion And To The Ent i re

Sat isfact ion Of The Engineer .

This Inc ludes The Construc t ion And Maintenance Of

Divers ions , I f Necessary, At No Extra Cost To The

Corpora t ion. The Contrac tor Shal l Provide Necessary

Caut ion Boards , Barr icades , Flags And Lights ,

Watchmen Etc . So As To Comply With The Lates t

Motor Vehicle Rules And Regula t ions And For Traf f ic

Safety. The Contrac tor Shal l Be Responsible For Al l

Cla ims For The Accidents Which May Arise Due To

His Negl igence Whether In Regula t ing Traff ic Or In

Stacking Materials On The Road Or By Any Other

Reason.

42. Pumping Out

Water The Contrac tor Wil l Be Required To Provide And

Opera te At His Own Cost Al l Pumps, Engines And

Machinery Requis i te To Keep The Trenches For The

Sewer, Dra ins Or Foundat ions And All Other

48


Excavat ions Clear Of Water Whether Subsoi l Water ,

Storm Waste Or Leakage From Tanks, Wel ls , Drains ,

Sewers , Water-Mains , Tide Water Etc . So That There

May Be No Accumula t ion Of Such Water And No

Set t ing Out May Be Done, No Masonry May Be Laid,

No Concrete Deposi ted, No Joints Made And No

Measurements Taken In Water . The Pumping Shal l Be

Cont inued So Long Af ter The Execut ion Of Any

Port ion Of The Work As The Engineer May Consider

Necessary For The Work To Set . For The Purpose Of

Keeping The Excavat ions As Dry As Possible The

Work Would, I f Necessary Be Divided Into Sect ions

Or Separa te Port ions As Per Best Engineering

Prac t ices And Temporary Dams Will Have To Be Put

Up By The Contractor , Sumps For The Suct ion Pipes

To Work In , Wil l Have To Be Excavated By The

Contractor At Such Dis tances Apart And To Such

Depths As The As Per Best Engineering Prac t ices .

When The Work Progresses Other Sumps Must , From

Time To Time, Be Excavated By The Contrac tor ,

Disused Sumps Being Fi l led Up By Him With Dry

Rubble Careful ly Hand Packed To The Sat isfact ion Of

The Engineer . The Contractor Wil l Not Be Paid Extra

For Any Temporary Dams Or Sumps Or Their Removal

Or Refi l l ing Nor Wil l Such Works Be Taken Into

Measurement In Any Way, Unless Otherwise Provided.

The Contrac tor Shall Not Al low Any Accumula t ion Of

Water Ei ther From The Discharge Of His Dewatering

Pumps Or His Water Connections On Si te Of His

Work. The Contractor Shal l Make Proper Provis ion For

Leading The Pumped Discharge To The Nearest Water

Entrance , Storm Water Dra in, Manholes , Or Water

Course By Means Of A Wooden Or G.I . Channel Or

Hose Pipe . Under No Circumstances The Discharge

Wil l Be Allowed To Flow, Along A Paved Surface . If

An Accumula t ion Is Unavoidable , I t Shal l Be Trea ted

With Insec t ic ides To The Sat isfac t ion Of The

Engineer . In Case Of Fai lure To Do This On The Part

Of Contrac tor Such Accumula t ion Shall Be Treated By

The Corpora t ion At The Risk And Cost Of The

Contractor .

The Contrac tors Should Note That Under No

Circumstances Any Payment For Pumping Out Water

Finding I ts Way Into Trenches , Hi l l Cut t ing,

Excavated Pi ts , Works Si te Etc . From Whatever

Sources Will Be Permiss ible Unless Otherwise

Specif ica l ly Ment ioned In The Tender .

49


43. Storage Of

Explosives

The Contrac tor Shal l Obta in The Previous Permiss ion

Of The Competent Authori ty Such As The Chief Of

Fire Services For The Si te , Manner And Method Of

Storing Explosives Near The Si te Of Work. Al l

Handl ing Of Explosives , Inc luding Storage , Transport

Shal l Be Carr ied Out Under The Rules Approved By

The “Explosives Department Of The Government” .

44. Faci l i t ies To

The Other

Cont rac tors

The Contrac tor Shal l , In Accordance With The

Requirements Of The Engineer , Afford All

Reasonable Faci l i t ies To Other Contrac tors Engaged

Contemporaneously On Separa te Contrac ts In

Connect ion With The Works And For Departmental

Labour And Labour Of Any Other

Properly Organisa t ion Authori ty Or Sta tutory Body

Which May Be Employed At The Si te On Execut ion Of

Any Work Not Inc luded In The Contrac t Or Of Any

Contract Which The Corpora t ion May Enter Into In

Connect ion With Or Anci l la ry To The Works.

45. Prevent ion Of

Mosqui to

Breeding At

Construc t ion

Si te

(I)The Contrac tor Shal l On The Respect ive

Construc t ion Si te Ins ta l l Mosquito Proof And

Accessible Water Storage Tanks Or To Cover / Protec t

The Present Water Storage Tanks Properly.

( I i ) The Contrac tor Shal l Periodical ly Give

Larvaecidal Treatment To Water Storage Tanks, Si tes

Of Water Stagnat ion, Water Col lec t ion.

( I i i ) Any Expendi ture That May Be Incurred By The

Corpora t ion To Ensure That The Above Condi t ions Are

Fulf i l led By The Contractor Will Be Debitable To

Contractors Account And Will Be Recovered From The

Bi l ls Of The Contrac tor From Time To Time.

46. Sani ta t ion

The Contrac tor Shal l , At His Own Cost , Make All

Necessary Provis ions For Heal th And Safe ty Of His

Labour / Employees. He Shal l , When Required By The

Engineer , Provide Proper Latr ines And Urinals To The

Sat isfact ion Of The Engineer In Such Numbers And In

Such Local i t ies As He May Require , And Shal l Take

All Steps Necessary To Compel His Labour /

Employees To Resort To Such Latr ines And Urinals ,

And Shal l Dismiss From His Employment And Remove

From The Works Any One Detec ted Obeying The Cal ls

Of Nature In Any Place Other Than The Conveniences

Al lot ted For Such Purposes . The Said Latr ines Shal l

Be Under The Superintendence And Orders Of The

Engineer Or His Subordinates .

47. Not To Allow

Huts The Contrac tor Shall , On No Account , Al low Any Huts

To Be Erected On Corpora t ion Property Unless

50


Otherwise Permit ted By The Engineer In Wri t ing, To

Be Inhabi ted Af ter Sunset By Anyone Except The

Watchmen Required For The Works, And None Of His

Employees , Except Such Watchmen As Aforesaid,

Shal l Sleep At Night On Any Part Of The Works. In

Case Of Any Offence Committed By Any Of The

Labour Or Employees Of The Contrac tor Against Any

Of The Provis ions Of This Condi t ion The Contrac tor

Shal l Be Liable To A Penal ty Not Exceeding Rupees

Hundered For Every Such Offense And The Same Shall

Be Charged To The Account Of The Contrac tor .

48. Treasure

Trove Fossi ls

Etc .

Al l Fossi ls , Coins , Art ic les Of Value Or Ant iqui ty And

Struc tura l And Other Remains Things Of Geological

Or Archaeologica l Interes t Discovered In Or Upon The

Si te Shal l Be Absolute Property Of The Corpora t ion

And The Contractor Shal l Duly Preserve Them And

Shal l Take Precautions To Prevent His Workmen Or

Any Other Person From Removing Or Damaging Any

Such Art ic les Or Thing And Shal l Immedia tely Upon

Discovery Thereof And Before Removal Acquaint The

Engineer With Such Discovery And Shal l From Time

To Time Del iver The Same To Such Person Or Persons

As The Engineer May From Time To Time Appoint To

Receive The Same At The Expense Of The

Corpora t ion.

49. Patent’ Right

And

Royal t ies

The Contrac tor Shal l Save Harmless And Indemnify

The Corpora tion From And Against Al l Cla ims And

Proceedings For Or On Account Of Inf r ingement Of

Any Patent Rights , Design Trademark Or Name Of

Other Protec ted Rights In Respect Of Any

Construc t ional Plant , Machine Work, Or Materia l Used

For Or In Connection With The Works Or Any Of

Them And From And Against Al l Cla ims, Proceedings ,

Damages, Costs , Charges And

Expenses Whatsoever In Respect Thereof Or In

Rela t ion Thereto. Except Where Otherwise Specif ied,

The Contrac tor Shal l Pay All Tonnage And Other

Royal t ies , Rent And Other Payments Or Compensat ion,

I f Any, For Get t ing Stone , Sand, Gravel , Clay Or

Other Materia ls Required For The Works Or Any Of

Them.

50. Quarry I )Quarry For Extrac t ion Of Murum, Stone , Rubble Or

Any Other Materia l Shal l Not Be Made Avai lable By

The Corpora t ion The Contrac tor Has To Make His Own

Arrangements For Quarry At His Cost .

51


I i )The Successful Tenderer Shal l Submit Quarry

Permit From The Competent Authori ty Before Star t ing

The Work

.

51. Photographs

Of The Works

No Photographs Of The Work Or Any Part There Of

Or Equipment Employed Thereon Shall Be Taken Or

Permit ted By The Contrac tor To Be Taken By Any Of

His Employees Or Any Employees Of His Sub-

Contractor Without The Prior Approval Of The

Engineer In Wri t ing And No Such Photographs Shal l

Be Publ ished Or Otherwise Circula ted Without The

Approval Of The Engineer In Wri t ing.

52. Notices To

Local Bodies

(I)The Contractor Shal l Comply With And Give All

Not ices Required Under Any Government Authori ty,

Ins t rument , Rule Or Order Made Under Any Act Of

Parl iament , State Laws Or Any Regula t ion Or Bye-

Laws Of Any Local Authori t ies Or Publ ic Ut i l i t ies

Concern Relat ing To Works. He Shal l Before Making

Any Varia t ion From The Contrac t Drawings

Necessi ta ted By Such Compliance Give To The

Engineer A Not ice Giving Reasons For The Proposed

Varia t ion And Obta ined Engineer’s Ins t ruc t ions

Thereon.

(I i ) The Contrac tor Shal l Pay And Indemnify The

Corpora t ion Against Any Liabi l i ty In Respect Of Any

Fees Or Charges Payable Under Any Act Of

Parl iament , Sta te Laws Or Any Governmenta l

Ins t rument , Rule Or Order Any Regula t ions Or Bye-

Laws Of Any Local Authori ty Or Publ ic Ut i l i ty

Concern In Respect Of The Works.

53. Notices Subject As Otherwise Provided In This Contract All Notice To Be

Given On Behalf Of The Corporation And All Other Actions To

Be Taken On Its Behalf May Be Given Or Taken By The Engineer

Or Any Officer For The Time Being Entrusted With The Functions,

Duties And Powers Of The Engineer.

All Instructions, Notices And Communications Etc. Under The

Contract Shall Be Given In Writing And If Sent By Registered Post

To The Last Known Place Or Abode Or Business Of The Contractor

Shall Be Deemed To Have Been Served On The Date When In The

Ordinary Course Of Post These Would Have Been Served On Or

Delivered To Him.

54. Use Of B.I .S.

Specif ica t ions In Case Where No Part icular Specif ica t ion Is Given

For Any Art ic le To Be Used Under The Contrac t , The

Relevant Specif ica tion, Where One B.I .S. Exis ts , Of

The Beauro Of Indian Standards Shal l Apply.

52


PART – III

WORK PROCEDURE

55. Possess ion Of

Si te And

Access

There to.

The Corpora tion Wil l , With The Engineer’s Not ice To

Commence The Works, Give To The Contractor

Possess ion Of The Si te .

Such Access , As Is In Accordance With The Contrac t ,

Is To Be Provided By The Corpora t ion As May Be

Required To Enable The Contrac tor To Commence And

Proceed With The Execut ion Of The Works In

Accordance With The Programme Referred To In

Clause 86 If Any, And Otherwise In Accordance With

Such Reasonable Proposals As The Contrac tor Shal l ,

By Not ice To The Engineer Make.

The Corpora t ion Wil l , From Time To Time As The

Works Proceed, Give To The Contrac tor Possess ion Of

Such Further Port ions Of The Si te As May Be

Required To Enable The Contrac tor To Proceed With

The Execution Of The Works With Due Dispatch In

Accordance With Such Programme Or Proposals , As

The Case May Be.

56. Fai lure To

Give

Possess ion

The Contractor Should Note That The Si te For Work

May Be Made Avai lable By The Corpora t ion In Ful l Or

In Part And That The Contrac tor Shal l Plan His Works

To Commensurate With The Handing Over The Si te .

No Cla im Of Compensat ion On Account Of Delay In

Making Avai lable The Si te Shal l Be Payable To The

Contractor . However, Time Extension For Comple t ing

The Work Shal l Be Given To The Contrac tor In Case

Of Such Delay.

57. Unforeseeable

Physica l

Obstruc t ions

Or Condi t ions

If , However, During The Execution Of The Works The

Contractor Encounters Physica l Obstruc t ions Or

Physica l Condit ions, Other Than Cl imat ic Condit ions

On The Si te , Which Obstruc t ions Or Condi t ions Were ,

In His Opinion, Not Foreseeable By An Experienced

Contractor , The Contractor Shal l Forthwith Give

Not ice Thereof To The Engineer . On Receipt Of Such

Not ice , The Engineer Shal l , If In His Opinion Such

Obstruc t ions Or Condi t ions Could Not Have Been

Reasonably Foreseen By An Experienced Contrac tor ,

Af ter Due Consul ta t ion With The Contractor ,

Determine:

Any Extension Of Time To Which The Contrac tor Is

Ent i t led Under Clause 80.

58. Drawings:

Custody Of

Drawings

The Drawings Shal l Remain In The Sole Custody Of

Engineer , But Two Copies Thereof’ Shal l Be Furnished

To The Contrac tor Free Of Charge . The Contractor

53


Shal l Provide And Make At His Own Expense Any

Further Copies Required By Him. At The Comple tion

Of The Contrac t , The Contrac tor Shal l Return To The

Engineer Al l Drawings Provided Under The Contrac t .

59. One Copy Of

Drawing To

Be Kept On

Si te .

One Copy Of The Drawings, Furnished To The

Contractors As Aforesa id, Shal l Be Kept By The

Contractor On The Si te And The Same Shall At

Al l Reasonable Times Be Avai lable For Inspect ion

And Use By The Engineer And The Engineer’s

Representa t ive And By Any Other Persons

Organisa t ion By The Engineer In Wri t ing.

60. Discrepancies

In Drawings

Or

Specif ica t ions

The Drawings And Specif ica t ions Are To Be

Considered As Mutual ly Explanatory Of Each Other ,

Deta iled Drawings Being Fol lowed In Preference To

Smal l Scale Drawings And Figured Dimensions In

Preference To Scale And Specia l Condi t ions In

Preference To Genera l Condit ions . Special Condi t ions

Or Dimensions Given In The Specif ica tions Shal l

Supersede All Else . Should Any Discrepancies ,

However Appear , Or Should Any Misunders tanding

Arise As To The Meaning And Import Of The Said

Specif ica t ions Or Drawings, Or As To Meaning And

As To The To The Dimensions Or The Qual i ty Of The

Materia ls Or The Due And Proper Execution Of The

Works, Or As To The Measurement Or Qual i ty And

Valuation Of The Works Executed Under This

Contract , Or As Extra Thereupon The Same Shal l Be

Expla ined By The Engineer Be Binding Upon The

Contractor And Contrac tor Shal l Be Execute The Work

According Such Explanat ion (Subjec t As Aforesa id)

And Without Extra Charge Or Deduct ion To Or From

The Contrac t And Shal l Also Do All Such Work And

Things As May Be © For The Proper Comple t ion Of

Works As Impl ied By The Drawings And

Specif ica t ions , Even Though Such Works And Things

Are Not Specif ically Shown And Described In The

Said Drawings And Specif ica t ions . The Final Decision

Of The Commissioner In Case A Reference Be Made

To Him Under Clause No. 89 Be Binding Upon The

Contractor And Contrac tor Shall Execute The Works

According To Such Explanat ion ( Subjec t To Aforesaid

) And Shal l Also Do All Such Works And Required

Things As May Be Necessary For The Proper

Complet ion Of Works As Impl ied By The Drawings

And Specif ica tions , Even Though Such Works And

Things Are Not Specif ica l ly Shown And Described In

The Said Drawings And Specif ica t ions .

54


61. Engineer To

Have Power

To Issue

Further

Drawings Or

Inst ruc t ions

The Engineer Shal l Have The Power And Authori ty

From Time To Time And At Al l Times To Make And

Issue Such Further Drawings And To Give Such

Further Ins t ruc t ions And Direc t ions As May Appear To

Him Necessary Or Proper For The Guidance Of The

Contractor And The Good And Suff ic ient

Execution Of The Works According To Terms Of The

Specif ica t ions And Contractor Shal l Receive , Execute

Obey And Be Bound By The Same, According To The

True Intent And Meaning Thereof , As Ful ly And

Effec tual ly As Though The Same Had Accompanied Or

Had Been Ment ioned Or Referred To In The

Specif ica t ion. The Engineer May Also Alter Or Vary

The Levels Or Posi t ion Of Any Works Contempla ted

By The Specif icat ions , Or May Order Any Of The

Works Contempla ted Thereby To Be Omit ted, With Or

Without The Subst i tut ion Of Any Other Works In Lieu

Thereof , Or May Order Any Work Or Any Port ion Of

Work Executed Or Part ial ly Executed, To Be Removed,

Changed Or Al tered, And If Needful , May Order That

Other Works Shal l Be Subst i tuted Instead Thereof And

Dif ference Of Expense Occasioned By Any Such

Diminut ion Or Al tera t ion So Ordered And Direc ted

Shal l Be Added To Or Deducted From The Amount Of

This Contrac t As Provided Under The Clause No. 101

And 102.

No Work Which Radical ly Changes The Origina l

Nature Of The Contrac t Shal l Be Ordered By The

Engineer And In The Event Of Any Devia t ion Being

Ordered Which In The Opinion Of The Contrac tor

Changes The Origina l Nature Of Contrac t He Shal l

Neverthe less Carry I t Out And Disagreement As To

The Nature Of The Work And The Rate To Be Paid

Therefore Shal l Be Resolved In Accordance With

Clause No.114.

The Time For Comple t ion Of The Works, Shal l In The

Event Of Any Devia t ions Result ing In Addi t ional Cost

Over The Contrac t Sum Being Ordered, Be Extended

Or Reduced Reasonably By The Engineer . The

Engineer’s Decis ion In This Case Shal l Be Final .

62. Levels

Al l Levels Referred To In Connect ion With These

Works Are Based On Great Trigonometr ic Survey

(G.T.S. ) Levels . The Contrac tor Should Also Keep The

Level ing Inst rument In Good Working Condi t ion

Through Out The Period Of Construc t ion Work On

Si te .

63. Set t ing Out The Engineer Shall Supply Dimensioned Drawings,

55


The Work. Levels And Other Informat ion Necessary To Enable

The Contrac tor To Set Out The Works. The Contrac tor

Shal l Provide Al l Se t t ing Out Appara tus At His Own

Cost , Such As Level ing Inst ruments In Good Working

Condi t ion And Appl iances , All Pegs , Ranging Rods,

Long Measuring Rods, Marked Metres And

Organisa t ion And Each Metre And Organisa t ion

Numbered, Pots And Sight-Rai ls , Boning Rods,

Moulds , Templa tes , Etc . Together With Any

Reasonable Number Of Labourers That May Be

Reuired And Set Out The Work And Be Responsible

For The Accuracy Of The Same. The Contrac tor Shal l

Amend At His Own Cost And To The Sat isfact ion Of

The Engineer Any Error Found At Any Stage Which

May Arise Through Inaccura te Sett ing Out . The

Contractor Shal l Protec t And Preserve Al l Bench

Marks Used In Set t ing Out The Work Ti l l The End Of

Defects Liabi l i ty Period Unless The Engineer Direc ts

I ts Early Removal . The Contrac tor Should Also Keep

Level ing Inst rument In Good Working Condi t ion

Throughout The Per iod Of Construc t ion Work On Si te .

64. Works Closed

Between

Sunset And

Sunrise Or On

Sundays And

Hol idays

No Work Shal l Be Done Between Sunset And Sunrise

Or On Sunday Or Munic ipa l Hol idays And Except With

The Specia l Sanct ion Of The Engineer In Wri t ing

Previously Obta ined And The Withholding Of Such

Sanct ions Shal l Be No Ground Of Compla int On The

Part Of Contractor Or Cause For Compensat ion To

Him, Or Excuse For Not Comple t ing The Work Within

The Contrac t Period. The Period Within Which The

Work Has To Be Carr ied Out And Comple ted Has Been

Fixed In Terms Of This Clause With The Provis ion

That The Tota l Number Of Hours Of Work Permiss ible

Shal l Not Exceed 48 Hours In A Week And In No Case

More Than 8 Hours On Any Working Day, The Actual

Time Within Which The Said Hours Shal l Be Worked

Being Subjec t To Mutual Arrangements With The

Contractor At The Commencement Of The Works Or

From Time To Time As May Be Required And

Provided That Al l Works Shal l Be Stopped For Rest

And Meals For One Hour At About Mid-Day Exclusive

Of The Permiss ible Hours Aforesa id For The Works.

Though Sanct ion May Be Accorded To The Contrac tor

To Work On Days And At Times Otherwise Normal ly

Non-Permiss ible Under This Contrac t , The Contractor

Shal l Be Required To Bear The Cost For Such

Supervis ion As In The Opinion Of The Engineer May

Be Necessary At These Times.

56


I t Should Be Dis t inc t ly Unders tood That The Granting

Of Permiss ion To Work Extra Hours Or To Work On

Sundays And Hol idays Wil l Be Enti re ly At The

Discre t ion Of The Engineer And Cannot Be Cla imed

By The Contrac tor As A Matter Of Right .

I f On The Other Hand The Engineer Requires That The

Work Shal l Be Proceeded With On Days And At Times

Otherwise Normally Non-Permiss ible Under This

Contract The Contrac tor Shal l Proceed With The Work

But He Will Not Be Required In Such Cases To Bear

The Cost Of The Munic ipa l Establishment Employed

At The Time.

The Contrac tor At Al l Times During The Cont inuance

Of This Contract Shal l In Al l His Deal ings With Local

Labour For The Time Being Employed On The Works

Contempla ted By This Contract Have Due Regard To

All Local Fest iva ls And Rel igious Or Other

Customs And All Disputes , Mat ters And Quest ions

Aris ing Between The Contrac tor And Any Of His

Agent On The One Hand And Any Local Labour On

The Other Hand With Respect To Any Matter Or Thing

In Any Way Connected With This Contrac t Shall Be

Decided By The Commissioner Whose Decision Shal l

Be Final And Binding On All Part ies .

65. Work To Be

In Accordance

With Contract .

The Contractor Shall Execute And Complete The Works And

Remedy Any Defects Therein In Strict Accordance With The

Contract To The Satisfaction Of The Engineer.

66. Duties And

Powers Of

The

Engineer’s

Representa t ive

The Duties Of The Representative Of The Engineer Are To Check,

Watch And Supervise Work And To Test And Examine Any

Material To Be Used Or Workmanship Employed In Connection

With The Works. He Shall Have No Authority To Relieve The

Contractor Of Any Of His Duties Or Obligations Under The

Contract Nor To Except As Expressly Provided Here Under Or

Elsewhere In The Contract To Order Any Work Involving Delay Or

Any Extra Payment By The Corporation Or To Make Any Variation

Of Or In The Works.

Fa i lure Of The Representa t ive Of The Engineer To

Disapprove Any Work Or Materia l Shall Not Pre judice

The Power Of The Engineer Thereaf ter To Disapprove

Such Work Or Material And To Order The Pul l ing

Down, Removal Or Breaking Up Thereof .

I f The Contractor Shal l Be Dissat isf ied With Any

Decision Of The Representa t ive Of The

Engineer He Shal l Be Ent i t led To Refer The

Mat ter To The Engineer Who Shal l Thereupon

57


Conf i rm, Reverse Or Very Such Decis ion.

67. Engineer’s

Decision

The Whole Of The Work Shal l Be Under The Direc t ion

Of The Engineer , Whose Decision Shal l Be Final ,

Conclusive And Binding On All Part ies To The

Contract , On All Quest ions Rela ting To The

Construc t ion And Meaning Of Plans , Working

Drawings, Sect ions And Specif icat ions Connected

With The Work.

68. Inst ruc t ions

To Contractor

The Contrac tor Or His Agent Shal l Be In At tendance

At The Si te(S) Dur ing All Working Hours And Shal l

Supervise The Execut ion Of The Works With Such

Addi t ional Assis tance In Each Trade As

The Engineer May Consider Necessary. Orders Given

To The Contractor’s Agent Shal l Be Considered To

Have The Same Force As If They Had Been Given To

The Contrac tor Himself .

The Engineer Shall Communicate Or Confirm His Instruction To

The Contractor In Respect Of The Execution Of Work In A “Works

Site Order Book” Maintained In The Office Of The Engineer And

The Contractor Or His Authorised Representative Shall Confirm

Receipt Of Such Instructions By Signing The Relevant Entries In

This Book. If Required By The Contractor He Shall Be Furnished A

Certified True Copy Of Such Instruction(S). If The Contractor Fails

To Comply With The Instruction(S) Of The Engineer, The Engineer

May Impose The Daily Penalty Of Rs.500 (Rupees Five Hundred)

For Each Of Such Defaults. This Penalty Will Not Prejudice The

Right Of The Municipal Commissioner Or The Engineer To Claim

Compensation.

69. Work Order

Book A Work Order Book Shal l Be Mainta ined On Si te And

I t Shal l Be The Property Of Corpora t ion And The

Contractor Shal l Promptly Sign Orders Given There in

By Engineer Or His Representa t ives And His Superior

Off icers And Comply With Them. The Contrac tor Shall

Report The Compliance In Good Time So That I t Can

Be Checked. The Contrac tor Will Be Allowed To Copy

Out Inst ruc t ion There in From Time To Time.

70. Management

Meet ing

Ei ther The Engineer Or The Contrac tors May Require

The Other To Attend Management Meet ing. The

Business Of A Management Meeting Shal l Be To

Review The Plans For Remaining Works.

Engineers Shal l Record The Business Of Management

Meet ings And Is To Provide Copies Of His Record To

Those At tending The Meetings . The Responsibi l i ty Of

The Part ies For Act ions To Be Taken Is To Be Decided

By The Engineer Either At The Management Meet ings

Or Af ter The Management Meet ings And Sta ted In

58


Wri t ing To All Who Attend The Meet ings .

71. Materia ls (A) Material To Be Provided By The Contractor:

The Contractor Shall, At His Own Expense, Provide All Materials

Required For The Works.

All Materials To Be Provided By The Contractor Shall Be In

Conformity With The Specifications Laid Down In The Contract

And The Contractor Shall, Furnish Proof To The Satisfaction Of

The Engineer That The Materials So Comply. Contractor Shall

Produce Proof Viz. Challans, Bills, Vouchers Etc. So As To Ensure

That The Material Was Brought On Site And Quantities Used As

Per The Norms, Specifications Etc.

Off icers Of The Corpora t ion Concerned With The

Work Shal l Be Ent i t led At Any Time To Inspect And

Examine Any Materia l Intended To Be Used In Or On

The Works Ei ther On The Si te Or At Factory Or

Workshop Or Other Places Where Such Materials Are

Assembled, Fabricated Or Manufactured Or At Any

Place(S) Where These Are Laying Or From Which

These Are Being Obta ined And The Contrac tor Shall

Give Such Faci l i t ies As May Be Required For Such

Inspect ion And Examinat ion. The Materials Brought

On Si te Outs ide Working Hours Shal l Be Stacked

Separa te ly Ti l l They Are Inspected By The Engineer

Or His Representa tive .

Al l Materia ls Brought To The Si te Shal l Not Be

Removed Off The Si te Without The Prior Wri t ten

Approval Of The Engineer . But Whenever The Works

Are Final ly Comple ted The Contrac tor Shal l At His

Own Expense Forthwith Remove From The Si te All

Surplus Materials Origina l ly Suppl ied By Him.

The Contrac tor Shal l , At His Own Expense And

Without Delay, Supply To The Engineer Samples Of

Materia ls Proposed To Be Used In The Works. The

Engineer Shal l Within Seven Days Of Supply Of

Samples Or Within Such Further Period As He May

Require And Int imated To The Contractor In Wri t ing,

Inform The Contrac tor Whether The Samples Are

Approved By Him Or Not . I f The Samples Are Not

Approved The Contrac tor Shall Forthwith Arrange To

Supply To The Engineer For Approval Fresh Samples

Complying With The Specif ica t ions Laid Down In The

Contract .

The Engineer Shall Have Ful l Powers To Require

Removal Of Any Or Al l Of The Materia ls Brought To

Si te By The Contrac tor Which Are Not In Accordance

With The Contract Specif ica tions Or Which Do Not

Conform In Charac ter Or Qual i ty To The Samples

59


Approved By Him. In Case Of Defaul t On The Part Of

The Contrac tor In Removing The Rejec ted Materia ls ,

The Engineer Shall Be At Liberty To Have Them

Removed By Other Means. The Engineer Shal l Have

Ful l Powers To Procure Other Proper Materia ls To Be

Subst i tuted For Rejec ted Materia ls And In The Event

Of The Contractor Refusing To Comply, He May Cause

The Same To Be Suppl ied By Other Means. Al l Costs,

Which May Attend Upon Such Removal And/Or

Subst i tut ion Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor .

Subjec t As Here inaf ter Provided In Clause No.98 All

Charges On Account Of Octroi , Terminal Or Sales Tax

And Other Dut ies On Materia l Obta ined For The Works

From Any Source Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor .

The Engineer Shall Be Entitled To Have Tests Carried Out As

Specified In The Contract For Any Materials Supplied By The

Contractor Other Than Those For Which As Stated Above,

Satisfactory Proof Has Already Been Produced, At The Cost Of The

Contractor And The Contractor Shall Provide At His Expense All

Facilities Which The Engineer May Require For The Purpose.

If No Tests Are Specified In The Contract, And Such Tests Are

Required By The Engineer The Contractor Shall Provide All

Facilities Required For The Purpose And Charges For These Tests

Shall Be Borne By The Contractor Only If The Tests Disclose That

The Said Materials Are Not In Accordance With The Provision Of

The Contract.

The Cost Of The Materia ls Consumed In Test Shal l Be

Borne By The Contrac tor In Al l Cases Except When

Otherwise Provided.

For Carrying Out Tests On Soil, Cement, Sand, Aggregate, Brick

And Concrete Etc. The Standard Will Be As Prescribed In Relavant

I.S. The Engineer May Direct The Contractors To Get The

Samples Of Materials Tested In CIDCO, PWD, VJTI, IIT, Or Any

Approved Laboratory Out Of Those Accredited By National

Accreditation Board Of Laboratories, Govt. Of India. The Results

Of The Tests Shall Be Binding On The Contractor And

Corporation. In Case The Contractor Disputes The Results Of Tests,

It Is Open For Him To Ask For The Re-Testing In Which Case The

Cost Shall Be Borne By The Contractor. The Decision Of The

Engineer On Acceptability Or Re-Testing By Corporation Or

Testing Again Independently In VJTI Or IIT Will Be Binding On

Both The Parties To The Contract.

72. Stock Of

Materia ls

Required

(A)The Contractor Shal l At His Own Expense Provide

And Furnish Himself With Sheds And Yards In Such

Si tua t ions And In Such Numbers As, In The Opinion

60


Of The Engineer Are Requis i te For Carrying Out The

Works Under This Contract , And The Contrac tor

Shal l Keep At Each Of Such Sheds And Yards A

Suff ic ient Quant i ty Of Materials In Stock So As Not

To Delay The Carrying Out The Works With Due

Expedi t ion And The Engineer And His Sub-Ordinates

Shal l Have Free Access To The Said Sheds Or Yards

At Any Time For The Purpose Of Inspect ing The Stock

Of Materia ls So Kept In Hand Any Materia l Or Art ic le ,

Which The Engineer May Objec t To, Shal l Not Be

Brought Upon Or Used In The Work But Shal l Be

Forthwith Removed From The Sheds Or Yards By The

Contractor At His Own Cost . The Contractor Wil l

However Be Allowed To Use For The Above Purpose

The Comple ted Port ion Of The Bui ldings If Avai lable .

(B) General :

Cement Brought On Si te By The Contrac tors Shall Be

Stored In Waterproof Godown With Two Locks On

Each Door . The Key Of One Lock Of Each Door Shal l

Remain With The Engineer Or His Representa t ive And

That Of The Other Lock With The Contrac tor’s

Organisa t ion Agent At Si te Of Works So That Cement

Is Removed From The Godown Only According To

Dai ly Requirements With The Knowledge Of Both The

Part ies .

73. Product ion Of

Vouchers

The Contrac tor Shal l , Produce All Quota t ions ,

Invoices Vouchers And Accounts Or Receipts Etc .

To Prove That The Materia ls Suppl ied By Him Are In

Conformity With The Specif ica t ions Laid Down In The

Contract And The Same Are Brought To The Si te And

Uti l ized On The Said Works.

74. Plant And’

Equipment The Contractor Shall Arrange At His Own Expense All Tools, Plant

And Equipment Required For Execution Of Works. If Required By

The Contractor And If Available The Corporation May Supply Such

Of The Tools, Plant And Equipment As Are Available, To The

Contractor At The Rates And Terms To Be Specified By The

Engineer. No Tools, Plant And Equipment Once Brought To The

Work Site Shall Be Removed Without The Written Permission Or

Order Of The Engineer, Until He Has Certified The Completion Of

The Work.

I f Any Tools , Plants And Equipment Brought On Si te ,

Are In The Opinion Of The Engineer Ineff ic ient , Bad

Or Of Infer ior Qual i ty Or Are Unsui ted For The Works

Then Such Tools , Plant And Equipment Shal l Not Be

Used On The Works But Shal l Be Removed By The

61


Contractor At His Own Expense Within Twenty Four

Hours Af ter The Service Of A Wri t ten Order Or Not ice

From The Engineer To That Effect And Fresh Tools ,

Plant And Equipment Be Subst i tuted In Lieu Of That

Ordered To Be Removed By The Engineer .

75. Inspect ion &

Approval Al l Works Embracing More Than One Process Shal l Be

Subjec t To Examinat ion And Approval At Each Stage

Thereof And The Contrac tor Shall

Give Due Not ice To The Engineer Or His Organisa t ion

Representa t ive When Each Stage Is Ready. In Default

Of Such Notice , The Engineer Shal l Be Enti t led To

Appra ise The Qual i ty And Extent Thereof .

No Work Shall Be Covered Up Or Put Out Of View Without The

Approval Of The Engineer Or His Organisation Representative And

The Contractor Shall Afford Full Opportunity For Examination And

Measurement Of Any Work Which Is About To Be Covered Up Or

Out Of View And For Examination Of Foundation Before

Permanent Work Is Placed Thereon.

The Contractor Shall Give Due Notice To The Engineer Or His

Organisation Representative Whenever Any Such Work Or

Foundation Is Ready For Examination And The Engineer Or His

Representative Shall Without Unreasonable Delay, Unless He

Considers It Necessary And Informs The Contractor In Writing

Accordingly, Attend For The Purpose Of Examining And Measuring

Such Work Or Examining Such Foundations. In The Event Of The

Failure Of The Contractor To Give Such Notice He Shall, If

Required By The Engineer, Uncover Such Work At The

Contractor’s Expense.

Departmental Officers Concerned With The Works Shall Have

Powers At Any Time To Inspect Examine Any Part Of The Works

And The Contractor Shall Give Such Facilities As May Be Required

For Such Inspection & Examination.

76. Uncovering

And Making

Good

No Part Of The Works Shal l Be Covered Up Or Put

Out Of View Without The Approval Of The Engineer .

The Contrac tor Shal l Uncover Any Part Of The Works

And/Or Make Opening In Or Through The Same As

The Engineer May From Time To Time Direct For His

Veri f icat ion And Shal l Reinsta te And Make Good Such

Part To The Sat isfac t ion Of The Engineer , I f Any Such

Part Has Been Covered Up Or Put Out Of View After

Being Approved By The Engineer And Is Subsequent ly

Found On Uncovering To Be Executed In Accordance

With The Contract , The Expenses Of Uncovering

And/Or Making Openings In Or Through, Reinsta t ing

And Making Good The Same Shal l Be Borne By The

Corpora t ion. In Any Other Case Al l Such Expenses

Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor .

62


77. Contractor To

Search

The Contractor Shall , I f Required By The Engineer In

Wri t ing, Search Under The Direc t ion Of The Engineer

For The Cause Of Any Defect , Imperfec tion Or Fault

Appearing During The Progress Of The Work Or In

The Period Of Maintenance . Unless Such Defect ,

Imperfec tion Or Faul t Shal l Be One For Which The

Contractor Is Liable Under The Contract , The Cost Of

The Work Carr ied Out By The Contrac tor In Searching

As Aforesa id Shal l Be Borne By The Corpora t ion.

I f Such Defect , Imperfec tion Or Faul t Shal l Be One

For Which Contractor Is Liable As Aforesaid, The

Cost Of The Work Carr ied Out In Searching As

Aforesaid Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor And He

Shal l In Such Case Repair , Rect ify And Make Good

Such Defect , Imperfec t ion Or Fault , At His Own

Expense .

78. Defaul t Of

Contractor In

Compliance

In case of defaul t on the part of the contrac tor in

carrying out such ins t ruc t ion within the t ime specif ied

there in or , i f non, wi thin a reasonable t ime, the

corpora t ion shal l be ent i t led to employ any other

persons to carry out the same and al l costs consequent

thereon or inc idental there to shal l , a f te r due

consul ta t ion with the corpora t ion and the contrac tor ,

be de termined by the engineer and shal l be recoverable

f rom the contrac tor by the corpora t ion f rom any

monies due or to become due to the contrac tor and the

engineer shal l not ify the contrac tor accordingly.

79. Urgent Works If Any Urgent Work (In Respect Whereof The Decis ion

Of The Engineer Shal l Be Final And Binding) Becomes

Necessary And The Contractor Is Unable Or Unwil l ing

At Once To Carry I t Out , The Engineer May By His

Own Or Other Work People , Carry I t Out As He May

Consider Necessary. I f The Urgent Work Shal l Be

Such As The Contrac tor Is Liable Under The Contrac t

To Carry Out At His Expense Al l Expense Incurred On

I t By The Corpora tion Shal l Be Recoverable From The

Contractor And Be Adjusted Or Set Off Against Any

Sum Payable To Him.

63


PART – IV

TIME SCHEDULE AND DELAYS

80. Commencement

Time The Time Allowed For Execut ion For The Works As

Specif ied In The Contract Documents Shal l Be The

Essence Of The Contrac t . The Execut ion Of The Works

Shal l Commence From The Date Specif ied By The

Engineer In Wri t ing. I f The Contrac tor Fails Or

Neglec ts To Commence The

Execution Of The Works As Aforesaid, The

Corpora t ion Shal l Without Prejudice To Any Other

Right Or Remedy Be At Liberty To Forfe i t The

Securi ty Deposi t Absolute ly.

81. Extension Of

Time For

Comple t ion

Due To

Monsoon.

In Any Case Where The Time Prescribed For

Complet ion Of Any Work Is Exclusive Of Monsoon

Period. No New Trench Work Should Be Star ted Af ter

15t h

May And Exis t ing Trenches Are Required To Be

Reinsta ted By 31s t

May Every Year . The Si te Shall Be

Cleared In Al l Respect Inc luding Removal Of Surplus

Materia l On Or Before 10t h

June Of Every Year . The

Monsoon Period Shal l Be Deemed To Be From 10t h

June To 30t h

Sept . Of The Calendar Year.

However, I f The Contractor Is Permit ted By The

Engineer To Work During Any Monsoon. Period, Al l

Such Period Shal l Be Taken Into Account For The

Calcula t ing The Contrac t Period On Pro-Rata Basis As

Under.

Cost Of Work Done

Effec t ive During Monsoon

Days = - ---- --- - ---- ---- X No. Of Days Of

Tota l Cost Of Contrac t Period

Contract Work

In The Event Of The Contrac tor Fai l ing To Comply

With This Condit ion. He Shal l Be Liable To Pay As

Compensat ion As Sta ted In Clause No.90.

82. Extension Of

Time Due To

Unforsean

Events

If The Work Be Delayed By –

(A)Force Measure Such As Acts Of God, Act Of Publ ic

Enemy, Act Of Government , Floods, Epidemics Etc . Or

(B) Abnormal ly Bad Weather , Or

I Serious Loss Or Damage By Fire Or

(d) Civi l Commotion, Local Combinat ion Of

Workmen, Str ike Or Lockout Affec ting Any Of

64


The Trades Employed On The Work, Or

(e) Delay On The Part Of Other Contrac tor Or

Tradesmen Engaged By The Munic ipa l

Corpora t ion In Execut ing Works Not Forming

Part Of The Contract Or

(F) The Reasons Stated In Condi t ion No 84 And 85.

(G) Any Other Cause , In The Absolute Discre t ion Of

The Engineer .

Then Upon The Happening Of Any Such Event Causing

Delay, The Contractor Shal l Immedia tely Give Not ice

There Of In Wri t ing To The Engineer But Shal l

Neverthe less Use Constantly His Best Endeavors To

Prevent Or Make Good The Delay And Shal l Do All

That May Be Reasonable Required To The Sat isfact ion

Of The Engineer To Proceed With The Work.

Request For Extension Of Time, To Be El igible For

Considerat ion Shal l Be Made By The Contractor In

Wri t ing Within 14 (Fourteen) Days Of The Happening

Of The Event Causing Delay. The Contrac tor May

Also, I f Prac t icable Indica te In Such A Request The

Period For Which Extension Is Desired. In Any Such

Case , The Engineer May Give A Fair Reasonable

Extension Of Time For Comple t ion Of Individual

I tems Or Groups Of I tems Of Work For Which

Separa te Periods Of Comple t ion Are Specif ied In The

Contract Or The Contact As Whole . The Decis ion Of

The Engineer In Regard To The Extension Wil l Be

Communicated To The Contrac tor In Wri t ing Within A

Reasonable Time And The Contrac tor Shal l Also Be

Paid Such Compensat ion That In The Opinion Of The

Engineer Is Fair And Reasonable To Cover The Delays

Resul t ing From The Provis ions Under The Sub Clause

(E) Above.

The Time Extended For Comple t ing The Work Shal l Be

The Essence Of The Contract For The Period

Extended.

65


83. Network

Schedule &

Monthly Progress

Reports

(A)On Award Of The Contrac t , The Contrac tor Shal l

Submit The Time Schedule For The Works In The

‘ Form Of PERT Net Works Or Bar Chart .

(B) The Schedules Shall Be Prepared In Direct Relations To The

Time Stated In The Contract Documents For Completion Of Items

Or Groups Of Items Of Work And Or The Contract As A Whole. It

Shall Indicate The Dates Of Commencement And Completion Of

Various Activities Of The Work. And Should Conta in No

Act ivi t ies With A Durat ion Greater Than 28 Days.

Miles tones Would Be So Determined That At Least 10

Percent Of The Events Are Miles tones And No Two

Miles tones Are More Than 3 Months Apart .

The Engineer May Approve The Schedule As Submitted Or Suggest

Modifications As He Thinks Necessary. The Contractor Shall

Modify The Chart Accordingly And Obtain Engineer’s Approval.

(C)The Final ized Network May Be Amended From

Time To Time, If Fe l t Necessary By The Contrac tor ,

With The Approval Of The Engineer .

(D)A Fixed Sum Shal l Be Held In Abeyance At The

Time Of The Next Inter im Payment For Non-

Atta inment Of Each Miles tone In The Network And

Shal l Be Released Only On Comple t ion Of The Work

Af ter Deduct ing The Compensation For Delay If There

Is Contrac tor’s Faul t As Per Provis ion In Clause No.

86 And Penal ty Covered Under Clause No. 53. The

Fixed Sum Shal l Be:

Rs.10,000/- For All Contracts Over Rs.25 Lakhs And Upto The

Value Of Rs.100 Lakhs.

Rs.20,000/- For All Contracts Over Rs. 1 Crore And Upto The

Value Of Rs.5 Crores

Rs.35,000/- For All Contracts Over Rs. 5 Crores And Upto The

Value Of Rs.10 Crores.

Rs.50,000/- For All Contracts Over Rs.10 Crores.

If The Attainment Of The Milestones Is Delayed For Reason Not

Attributable To The Contractors No Moneys Will Be Held In

Abeyance.

84. Disrupt ion Of

Progress For

Lack Of

Drawings.

The Contrac tor Shal l Give Writ ten Not ice To The

Engineer Whenever Planning Or Progress Of The

Works Is Likely To Be Delayed Or Disrupted Unless

Any Further Drawing Or Order , Inc luding A Direc t ion,

Ins t ruc t ion Or Approval , Is Issued By The Engineer

66


Within A Reasonable Time. The Not ice Shal l Inc lude

Deta ils Of The Drawing Or Order Required And Of

Why And By When I t Is Required And Of Any Delay

Or Disrupt ion Likely To Be Suffered If I t Is Late .

85. Delays Of

Drawings

If By Reason Of Any Fai lure Or Inabi l i ty Of The

Engineer To Issue Within A Time Reasonable In Al l

The Circumstances Any Drawing Or Order Requested

By The Contrac tor In Accordance With The Clause 84

Of This Condi t ion The Contrac tor Suffers Delay, Then

The Engineer Shal l Take Such Delay Into Account In

Determining Any Extension Of Time To Which The

Contractor Is Ent i t led Under Sub-Clause (G) Of Clause

No. 82 Hereof . No Moni tary Cla im Will Be Enter ta ined

On This Account .

86. Monthly

Report The Contrac tors Wil l Be Required To Submit The

Monthly Progress Reports By The 2n d

Day Of The

Fol lowing Month To The Engineer Fai lure On The Part

Of The Contrac tor To Submit Monthly Report In

Time Wil l At t ract Act ion As Per Clause No.83.

87. Rate Of

Progress .

I f For Any Reason, Which Does Not Ent i t le The

Contractor To An Extension Of Time, The Rate Of

Progress Of The Works Or Any Sect ion Is At Any

Time, In The Opinion Of The Engineer, Too Slow To

Comply With The Time For Comple t ion, The Engineer

Shal l So Not i fy The Contrac tor Who Shal l Thereupon

Take Such Steps As Are Necessary, Subject To The

Consent Of The Engineer , To Expedi te Progress So As

To Comply With The Time For Comple t ion. The

Contractor Shal l Not Be Ent i t led To Any Addi t ional

Payment For Taking Such Steps . I f , As A Result Of

Any Not ice Given By The Engineer Under This Clause ,

The Contrac tor Considers That I t Is Necessary To Do

Any Work At Night Or On Local ly Recognized Days

Of Rest , He Shal l Be Ent i t led To Seek The Consent Of

The Engineer So To Do. Provided That If Any Steps ,

Taken By The Contrac tor In Meet ing His Obl iga t ions

Under This Clause , Involve The Corpora t ion In

Addi t ional Supervis ion Costs , Such Costs Shal l Be

Determined By The Engineer And Shal l Be

Recoverable From The Contractor , And May Be

Deducted By The Corpora t ion From Any Monies Due

Or To Become Due To The Contrac tor And The

Engineer Shal l Not ify The Contrac tors Accordingly.

88. Suspension Of (A)The Contrac tor Shal l , On Receipt Of The Order In

67


Work

Wri t ing Of The Engineer , Suspend The Progress Of

The Works Or Any Part Thereof For Such Time And In

Such Manner As The Engineer May Consider

Necessary For Any Of The Fol lowing Reasons: -

(I) On Account Of Continued Non-Compliance Of The Instructions

Of The Engineer Or Any Other Default On The Part Of The

Contractor, Or

I i ) For Proper Execution Of The Works Or Part

Thereof For Reasons Other Than The Defaul t Of The

Contractor , Or

( I i i )For Safe ty Of The Works Or Part Thereof .

The Contractor Shall, During Such Suspension, Properly Protect

And Secure The Works To The Extent Necessary And Carry Out

The Instructions Given In That Behalf By The Engineer.

(B) If The Suspension Is Ordered For Reasons (Ii) And (Iii) In Sub-

Para (A) Above, The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To An Extension

Of Time Equal To The Period Of Every Such Suspension Plus A

Reasonable Time As Decided By The Engineer.

I I f The Suspension Is Ordered For Reasons Of (I) In

Sub-Para (A) Above, The Engineer Shall Have Powers

To Suspend The Payment Under The Contrac t . Such

Suspension Of Payment May Be Cont inued Unt i l

Defaul t Shall Have Been Rect if ied.

89. Stoppage /

Al tera tion /

Rest r ic t ion Of

Work.

1) If At Any Time After The Execut ion The

Contract Documents The Engineer Shal l For Any

Reason Whatsoever (Other Than Defaul t On The Part

Of Contrac tor For Which The Corporat ion Is Ent i t led

To Rescind The Contrac t ) Desires That The Whole Or

Any Part Of The Work Specif ied In The Tender

Should Be Suspended For Any Period Or That The

Whole Or Part Of The Work Should Not Be Carr ied

Out , At Al l He Shall Give To The Contrac tor A Notice

In Wri t ing Of Such Desire And Upon The Receipt Of

Such Not ice The Contrac tor Shal l Forthwith Suspend

Of Stop The Work Wholly Or In Art As Required,

Af ter Having Due Regard To The Appropria te Stage

At Which The Work Should Be Stopped Or Suspended

So As Not To Cause Any Damage Or Injury To The

Work Already Done Or Endanger The Safe ty There Of

Provided That The Decision Of The Engineer As To

The Stage At Which The Work Or Any Part Of I t

Could Be Or Could Have Been Safe ly Stopped Or

Suspended Shal l Be Final And Conclusive Against The

Contractor . The Contrac tor Shal l Have No Cla im To

68


Any Payment Or Compensat ion Whatsoever By Reason

Of Or In Pursuance Of Any Not ice As Aforesaid, On

Account Of Any Suspension, Stoppage Or Curta i lment

Except To The Extent Specif ied Here inaf ter .

2) Where The Total Suspension Of Work Ordered

As Aforesaid Cont inued For A Cont inues Period

Exceeding 90 Days The Contrac tor Shal l Be Liberty

To Withdraw From The Contrac tual Obl iga t ions Under

The Contract So Far As I t Perta ins To Unexecuted

Part Of The Work By Giving A 10 Days Prior Not ice

In Wri t ing To The Engineer , Within 30 Days Of The

Expiry Of The Said Period Of 90 Days, Of Such

Intent ion And Requir ing The Engineer To Record The

Final Measurement Of The Work Already Done And

To Pay Final Bi l l . Upon Giving Such Not ice The

Contractor Shal l Be Deemed To Have Been Charged

From His Obl iga t ions To Complete The Remaining

Unexecuted Work Under His Contrac t . On Receipt Of

Such Not ice The Engineer Shal l Proceed To Comple te

The Measurements And Make Such Payments As May

Be Final ly Due To The Contractor Within A Period Of

90days From The Receipt Of Such Not ice In Respect

Of The Work Already Done By The Contrac tor . Such

Payment Shal l Not In Any Manner Pre judice The

Right Of The Contrac tor To Any Further

Compensat ion Under The Remaining Provis ions Of

This Clause .

3) Where The Engineer Required The Contrac tor

To Suspend The Work For A Period In Excess Of 30

Days At Any Time Or 60 Days In The Aggregate , The

Contractor Shal l Be Ent i re To Apply To The Engineer

Within 30 Days Of The Resumption Of Work Af ter

Such Suspension For Payment Of Composi t ion To The

Extent Of Pecuniary Loss Suffered By Him In Respect

Of Working Machinery Remain Ideal On The Si te Of

On The Account Of His Having And To Pay The

Salary Or Wages Of, Labour Engaged By Him During

The Said Period Of Suspension Provided Always That

The Contrac tor Shall Not Be Ent i t led To Any Cla im In

Respect Of Any Such Working Machinery, Sa lary Or

Wages For The Firs t 30 Days Whether Consecut ive Or

In The Aggregate Or Such Suspension Or In Respect

Or Any Suspension Whatsoever Occasioned By

Unsat isfac tory Work Or Any Other Defaul t On His

69


Part . The Decis ion Of The Engineer In This Regard

Shal l Be Final And Conclusive Against The

Contractor .

4) In The Event Of –

i ) Any Tota l Stoppage Of Work On Not ice

From Engineer Under Sub Clause (1) In That Behalf .

i i ) Withdrawal By The Contrac tor From

The Contrac tua l Obl iga t ions Comple te The Remaining

Unexecuted Work Under Sub Clause (2) On Account

Of Cont inued Suspension Of Work For A Period

Exceeding 90 Days.

I t Shal l Be Open To The Contrac tor , Within 90 Days

From The Service Of (I) The Not ice Of Stoppage Of

Work Or (I i ) The Not ice Of Withdrawal From The

Contractua l Obliga t ions Under The Contract On

Account Of The Cont inued Suspension Of Work (I i i )

Not ice Under Clause 20 (1) Resul t ing In Such

Curta i lment To Produce To The Engineer Sat isfac tory

Documentary Evidence That He Had Purchased Or

Agreed To Purchase Material For Use In The

Contracted Work, Before Receipt By Him Of The

Not ice Of Stoppage , Suspension Or Curta i lment And

Require Government To Take Over On Payment Such

Materia l At The Rated Determine By The Engineer

Provided, However , Such Rates Shall In No Case

Exceed The Rates At Which The Same Was Acquired

By The Contrac tor . The Corpora t ion Shal l Thereaf ter

Take Over The Materials So Offered, Provided The

Quant i t ies Offered, Are Not In Excess Of The

Requirements Of The Unexecuted Work As Specif ied

In The Accepted Tender And Are Of Qual i ty And

Specif ica t ions Approved By The Engineer .

90. Liquidated

Damages For

Delay.

I f The Contractor Fai ls To Complete The Works And

Clear The Si te On Or Before The Contrac t Or Extended

Date(S)/Period(S) Of Comple t ion, He Shal l , Without

Pre judice To Any Other Right Or Remedy Of

Corpora t ion On Account Of Such Breach, Pay As

Agreed Compensat ion, Amount Calcula ted As

St ipula ted Below. (Or such smal ler amount as may be

f ixed by the Engineer) On The Contract Value Of The

Whole Work Or On The Contract Value Of The I tem

Or Group Of I tems Of Work For Which Separa te

Period Of Comple t ion Are Given In The Contrac t And

Of Which Comple tion Is Delayed For Every Week That

The Whole Of The Work Of I tem Or Group Of I tems

Of Work Concerned Remains Uncomple ted, Even

70


Though The Contrac t As A Whole Be Comple ted By

The Contrac t Or The Extended Date Of Comple t ion.

For This Purpose The Term “Contrac t

Value” Shal l Be The Value Of The Work At Contrac t

Rates As Ordered Inc luding The Value Of Al l

Devia t ions Ordered:

1) a t One Percent (1%) per week.

When The Delay Is Not A Full Week Or In Multiple Of A Week

But Involves A Fraction Of A Week The Compensation Payable For

That Fraction Shall Be Proportional To The Number Of Days

Involved.

Provided Always That The Tota l Amount Of

Compensat ion For Delay To Be Paid under This

Condi t ion Shal l Not Exceed 10% of the Contract va lue

inc luding the va lue of devia tions ordered.

The Amount Of Liquidated Damages May Be Adjusted

Set Off Against Any Sum Payable To The Contrac tor

Under This Or Any Other Contrac t With The

Corpora t ion Or From The Securi ty Deposi t Of The

Contractor Ent i re ly At The Discre t ion Of The

Corpora t ion.

PART – V

BILLS AND PAYMENTS

91. Method Of

Measurement

Except Where Any General Or Deta i led Descript ion Of

The Work In Bi l ls Of Quant i t ies Or Schedule Of

Works/I tems/Quant i t ies Express ly Shown To The

Contrary, Bi l ls Of Quant i t ies Shall Be Deemed To

Have Been Prepared And Measurements Shal l Be

Taken In Accordance With The Procedure Set Forth In

The Schedule Of Rates /Specif ica t ions

Notwithstanding Any Provis ion In The Relevant

Standard Method Of Measurement Or Any Genera l

Or Local Custom. In The Case Of I tems, Which Are

Not Covered By The Schedule Of Rates /

Specif ica t ions , Measurement Shall Be Taken In

Accordance With The Relevant Standard Specif ica t ions

Publ ished By PWD Govt . Of Maharast ra And For The

Works Not Covered In This Publ ica t ion, Measurements

Shal l Be Taken As Per The Codes By Bureau Of Indian

Standards . .

71


92. Records And

Measurement

The Contrac tor Shal l Submit To The Engineer The

Monthly Sta tements Of The Est imated Value Of The

Work Completed Less Than The Cumula t ive Amount

Cert if ied Previously. The Monthly Sta tements Shal l Be

In The Bi l l Form Specif ied By The Engineer And I t

Shal l Be Submit ted On Or Before The Date Inst ruc ted

By The Engineer . These Monthly Bi l ls Shal l Be

Supported With Deta i led Measurements For The Gross

Quant i ty Of The Work Done Duly Deduct ing The

Gross Quant i ty Paid In The Previous Bi l l . The

Contractor Is Permit ted To Copy Down The

Correc t ions In The Bi l ls Paid As Per The Engineers

Cert if ica tion. Upon Receipt Of The Bil l And

Measurements By The Contrac tors , The Engineer Shal l

Except As Otherwise Sta ted Ascerta in And Determine

By Measurement The Value In Accordance With The

Contract Of Work Done In Accordance Therewith.

Al l I tems Having A Financia l Value Shal l Be Entered

In Measurement Book Etc . As Prescribed By The

Corpora t ion So That A Comple te Record Is Obta ined

Of Al l The Works Performed Under The Contract .

Measurements Shal l Be Taken Joint ly By The Engineer

Or His Organisa t ion Representa t ive And By The

Contractor Or His Organisa t ion Representat ive . Before

Taking Measurements Of Any Work The Engineer Or

The Person Deputed By Him For The Purpose Shal l

Give A Reasonable Not ice To The Contrac tor . If The

Contractor Fai ls To Attend Or Send An Organisa t ion

Representa t ive For Measurement After Such A Not ice

Or Fai ls To Counters ign Or The Object ion Within A

Week From The Date Of Measurement , Then In Any

Such Event Measurement Taken By The Engineer Or

By The Person Deputed By Him Shal l Be Taken To Be

Correc t Measurements Of The Works And Shal l Be

Binding On The Contrac tor .

The Contrac tor Shal l , Without Any Extra Charge ,

Provide Assis tance With Every Appl iance And Other

Things Necessary For Measurements .

Measurements Shall Be Signed And Dated By Both

Part ies Each Day (Of Taking Measurement) On The

Si te On Comple t ion Of Measurement .

93. Payments Of

Bi l ls And

The Payment Of Bil ls And Other Claims Aris ing Out

Of The Contrac t Wil l Be Made By Account Payee

72


Other Claims Cheque Drawn In The Name Of ‘Agency’.

94. Ful l

Provis ions

The Rates Inserted By The Corpora t ion Against

Various I tems Of Work Deta i led In Various Parts Of

Scheduled Shal l Be Deemed To Inc lude Every

Allowance Necessary, Without Extra Measurement Or

Charge For Meet ing The Requirement Of Various

Components/ Parts Of The Contrac t Documents (Viz

Part icular Specif ica tions , PWD Of Standard

Specif ica t ions , Maharashtra Schedule Of Rates , MOST

Specif ica t ions , BIS Specif ica t ions , Specia l Condi t ions ,

Preambles And Notes To Schedule Of I tems

Descript ion Of Schedule I tems Which Shal l Al l Be

Read Together And Any Or Of The Fol lowing Unless

Specif ica l ly Provided For The Contrary.

a ) Compliance With Al l The Condit ions Of

Contract Inc luding Genera l Condi t ions Of Contrac t ,

Schedule Of Rates And Quant i t ies , Part icular

Specif ica t ions , Drawings Inc luding Notes Thereon,

Specif ica t ions In Standard Specif ica t ions Of PWD Of

Maharashtra And MJP Relevant Indian Standard

Specif ica t ions Wherever Appl icable . However, In Case

Of Any Discrepancy Between Drawing And Tender ,

The Tender I tem And Specif ica tion Shal l Prevai l . If

There Is Discrepancy In Tender Specif icat ions , The

Order Of Preference Shal l Be 1s t

Specif ica t ion Of

Maharashtra State PWD, MJP, MOST And Last ly BIS.

b) All Labour, Materia ls , Tool And Plants ,

Equipments And Transport Which May Be Required In

Prepara t ion For And In The Ful l And Ent i re Execut ion

And Complet ion Of The Works Inc luding Waste Of

Materia ls , Carr iage And Cartage , Carrying In , Return

Of Empties , Hois t ing, Set t ing, Fixtures And Fi t t ings In

Posi t ion.

c ) Local Condi t ions: Nature Of Works, Local

Faci l i t ies For Supply Of Labour And Materia ls

Accessibi l i ty’s To Si tes And All Other Mat ters

Effec t ing The Execut ion And Comple t ion Of The

Works.

d) Duties Etc : Payments Of Any Octroi , Terminal

Tax, Sales Tax, Turnover Tax, Contrac t Sales Tax,

Tol l Tax, Ground Rent , Royal ty, Environmenta l Cess ,

Local Bodies Cess , Taxes Or Any Dut ies On Materia ls

Obta ined For The Works And Any Dut ies In Respect

Of Patent Rights .

e ) Supervis ion : Competent Supervis ion Of The

Work.

f ) Labour: Reasonable Terms And Condit ions Of

73


Employment , Liabi l i ty To Pay Compensat ion, Wages

As Per Sta tutory Enactment’s , Temporary

Accommodat ion, Sani ta t ion, Compliance With Contract

Labour Act 1970 (Regula t ion And Abol i t ion) .

g) Water: Provis ion Of Al l Water Required

Inc luding Temporary Plumbing And Connection.

h) Temporary Work Shops, Stores , Off ices, Labour

Camps Etc . Provis ions Of Such Structures Required

For Eff ic ient Execut ion Of The Works And Removing

And Cleaning Up Si te On Comple t ion Of Works.

i ) Precaut ions Against Risks: Precautions To

Prevent Loss Or Damage From All Or Any Risk,

Insurance Of Sheds Or Any Temporary

Accommodat ion Provided By The Corpora t ion

Watching And Light ing, Provis ions Per ta ining To The

General Condi t ions Of Contrac t .

j ) Notices , Fees Etc . : Compliance With Sta tutory

Provis ions Of Regula t ions And/ Or Bye Laws Of Any

Local Authori ty And/ Or Any Publ ic Service Company

Or Authori ty Affec ted By The Works.

k) Set t ing The Works Inc luding All Appara tus

Required.

l ) Site Drainage: Removal Of Al l Water That May

Accumula te Due To Spring, Sub Soi l Water ,

Flood/Tides And Any Other Causes On The Si te

During The Progress Of The Work.

m) Execution Of Work In Workmanl ike Manner,

Faci l i t ies For Inspect ion Etc .

n) Rect if ica tion Of Bad Work: Rect if icat ion And/

Or Removal And Reconstruc t ion Of Any Work Which

(As Decided By The Engineer) Has Been Executed

With Unsound Or Imperfec t Materia ls Or Unski l led

Workmanship Or Of A Qual i ty Infer ior To That

Contracted For, Whether During Construc t ion Or

Reconstruc tion Prior To The Expiry Of The Defect

Liabi l i ty Period.

o) Responsibil i ty For Damages And Loss Of Al l

Construc t ion Materia ls Etc . , At The Si te Unt i l Handing

Over To The Corpora t ion.

p) Removal Of Rubbish: Removal Of Rubbish &

Debris & Cleaning Of Any Dir t Before Handing Over

Al l Comple t ion Of Woks.

q) Cleaning Si te And Works: Removal By The

Contractor Off The Si te , Of Any Tools , Pla ts &

Materia ls And Sweeping Bui lding, Washing Floors ,

Cleaning Joineries & Removal Of Splashes Of Asphalt

Leaving The Whole Si te Neat And Tidy.

74


r ) Complet ion: Comple t ing The Work To The

Sat isfact ion Of The Engineer On Or Before St ipula ted

The Date Of Complet ion.

s ) Difficult Posi t ion: Accessibi l i ty Or Otherwise

To Si te , Easy Or Di f f icult Posi t ion In Works.

t ) Errors : Rect if ica t ion Of Al l Defec ts During

Construc t ion & Defect Liabi l i ty Period To The

Sat isfact ion Of Engineer .

u) Curved Works Etc . Works Of Any Quant i ty, Size

Or Shape Whether Level , Inc l ined, Curved, Bat tered

Etc .

v) Maker’s Ins t ruc t ion: Compliance With Make’s

Inst ruc t ions In The Case Of Proprie tary Art ic les ,

Factory Made Good Of Precast I tems.

w) Waste : Al l Waste Laps, Seams, Joints (Rough Or

Fair Cut t ing) Stra ight / Raking, Circular And Making

Good.

x) Art i f icia l Lights : To Inc lude All

Light ing/Kerosene Or Elec tr ic Power As The Case May

Be When Need Arises For Use Of Light ing While

Carrying Out Works.

Construc t ion Of Approaches To The Si te Of Work.

Making Arrangements For Proper Access To Works In

The Form Of Sta i rs , Ladders , Lif ts Etc . As Ordered By

The Engineer – In – Charge For Proper Supervis ions ,

Test ing And Or Inspect ion Of Works Inc luding

Materia l During Construc t ion & Defect Liabi l i ty

Period.

95. Inter im

Payment

Inter im Bi lls Shal l Be Submit ted By The Contrac tor

From Time To Time (But At An Interval Of Not Less

Than One Month) For The Works Executed. The

Engineer Shal l Arrange To Have The Bil ls Verif ied By

Taking Or Causing To Be Taken, Where Necessary,

The Requis i te Measurement Of Work. The Joint

Measurement Shal l Not Be An Excuse For The

Contractor To Submit Intermedia te Bil ls At Monthly

Or Intervals Not Less Than A Month. Al l Inter im Bi l ls

Shal l Be Firs t Submit ted By The Contrac tor With

Deta iled Measurements And Thereaf ter Only The

Engineer Or His Organisa t ion Representa t ive Shal l

Carry Out Joint Ver i f icat ions Or Otherwise On Record

In The Measurement Book Before Certif ica tion Of The

Bi l ls .

Payment On Account For Amount Admissible Shal l Be

Made On The Engineer Cert ifying The Sum To Which

75


The Contractor Is Considered Ent i t led By Way Of

Inter im Payment For Al l The Work Executed, Af ter

Deduct ing There From The Amount Already Paid, The

Securi ty Deposi t /Retent ion Money And Such Other

Amounts As May Be Deduct ible Or Recoverable In

Terms Of The Contrac t .

No Inter im Payment Wil l Be Admitted Unt i l Such Time

The Contrac tor Have Ful ly Complied With

The Requirement Of The Condi t ion 84 Concerning

Submission And Approval Of Network Schedule For

The Works, As Detai led In Condi t ion 83. A Fixed Sum

Shal l Be Held In Abeyance At The Time Of Next

Inter im Payment For Non Atta inment Of

Each Milestone In The Network And Shal l Be Released

Only On Atta inment Of The Said Milestone

96. Modif icat ion

Of Inter im

Cert if ica te .

An Inter im Cert i f ica te Given Rela t ing To Work Done

Or Materia l Delivered May Be Modif ied Or Correc ted

By Any Subsequent Inter im Cert if icate Or By The

Final Cert if icate . No Cert i f ica te Of The Engineer

Support ing An Inter im Payment Shall Of I tse lf Be

Conclusive Evidence That Any Work Or Materia ls To

Which I t Rela tes Is /Are In Accordance With The

Contract .

97. Income Tax

The Contrac tor Shal l Pay Indian Income Tax On All

Payments Made To Him Under The Contract , Other

Than Reimbursements Made To Him By The

Corpora t ion To Cover Payment By Contrac tor Of

Minor Custom Duties Etc . , Or Any Other Payment

Which The Contrac tor May Make On The

Corpora t ion’s Behalf . Under The Provis ions Of Sec.

194-C Of The Indian Income Tax Act , The

Corpora t ion Is Required To Deduct Tax With

Surcharge At Source At Prevai l ing Rates From The

Gross Amount Of Each Bi l l Submit ted. Any Expatr ia te

Si te Staff Or Staff Not Normal ly Residents Of India ,

Employed By The Contrac tor Shal l Pay Personal

Income Tax On All Money Earned And Paid In India .

The Contrac tor Shal l Perform Such Dut ies In Regard

To Such Deductions Thereof As May Be Imposed On

Him By Such Laws And Regula t ions .

98. Payment Of

Taxes

The Contrac tor Shal l Pay All The Taxes Direc t ly To

Respective Organiza t ions & To The Government . The

Corpora t ion Shal l Not Take Any Responsibi l i ty For

Any Kind Of Tax Payment To The Government Or

Semi Government Bodies At Any Point Of Time.

76


The Prices Quoted By The Contrac tor Shal l Inc lude All

Customs Dut ies , Import Dut ies , Excise Dut ies ,

Business Taxes , Income And Other Taxes That May Be

Levied In Accordance To The Laws And Regula t ion In-

Force On The Contrac tor’s Equipment , Materia ls ,

Suppl ies (Permanent, Temporary And Consumables) To

Be Used On Or Furnished Under The Contrac t And On

The Services To Be Performed Under The Contrac t .

Nothing In The Contrac t Shal l Rel ieve The Contractor

From His Responsibi l i ty To Pay Any Tax That May Be

Levied Or On Prof i ts Made By Him In Respect Of The

Contract .

The Contrac tor Shal l Perform Such Dut ies In Regard

To Such Deductions Thereof As May Be Imposed On

Him By Such Laws And Regula t ions .

Charges On Account Of Octroi, Terminal Or Sales Tax And Other

Duties On Material Obtained For The Works From Any Source

Including The Tax Applicable As Per Maharashtra Sales Tax Act

On The Transfer Of Property In The Goods Involved In The

Execution Of Works Contract (Re-Enacted) Act, 1991 Etc. Shall Be

Borne By The Contractor. Under The Provisions Of The

Maharashtra Sales Tax Act, The Corporation Is Required To Deduct

Turnover Tax At Source At The Rates Prevailing At The Time Of

Payments.

The Contrac tor Shall Submit Form – 31 Or Such Other

Forms As Are Prescribed Under The Said Act Which Is

Required To Be Produced By The Princ iple Employer

In The Events Of Any Not ice By The Sales Tax

Department Within One Month Of Issue Of Let ter Of

Acceptance .

99. Deduct ion Of

Contract Sales

Tax /

Turnover Tax.

The Contrac tors Are Required To Produce Their

Regis t ra t ion For Contrac t Sales Tax/Turnover Tax To

The Department Before Releasing The 1s t

R.A. Bi l l For

The Work Executed By Them, Fai l ing Which, No

Payment Shal l Be Release .

100. Provis ional

Sums. (1)”Provis ional Sum” Means A Sum Included In The

Contract And So Designated In The Bi l l Of Quanti t ies

For The Execution Of Work Or Supply Of

Goods, Materia ls Or Services Or For Cont ingencies ,

Which Sum May Be Used, In Whole Or In Part , Or Not

At Al l , At The Direc tion And Discre t ion Of The

Engineer . The Contrac t Price Shall Include Only Such

Amounts In Respect Of The Work, Supply Or Service

77


To Which Such Provis ional Sum Rela te As The

Engineer Shal l Approve Or Determine In Accordance

With This Clause .

(2) In Respect Of Every Provis ional Sum The Engineer

Shal l Have Power To Order To Execute The Work,

Inc luding Goods, Materia ls Or Services To Be

Suppl ied By The Contrac tor . The Contrac t Price Shal l

Inc lude The Value Of Such Work Executed Or Such

Goods, Materia l Or Services Suppl ied Determined In

Accordance With Clause No. 102.

(3) The Contrac tor Shal l Produce All Quota t ions ,

Invoices , Vouchers And Accounts Or Receipts In

Connect ion With Expendi ture In Respect Of

Provis ional Sums.

101. Rates For

Excess In

I tems.

Quant i t ies Shown In The Tender Are Approximate And

No Claim Shall Be Enter ta ined For Quant i t ies Of Work

Executed Being Ei ther More Or Less Than Those

Entered In The Tender Or Est imate . For Purpose Of

This Contract , The Varia t ions/Devia t ions In Carrying

Out The I tems Of Work Shal l Not Exceed Plus Or

Minus 25 Percent Of Contract Sum. The

Devia t ion/Varia t ion In The Quant i ty Of Individual

I tems Shall Not Be Taken As Devia t ion Or Varia t ion

In The Contrac t . The Difference Between The Total

Value Of The Work Done And The Contrac t Sum As

Def ined Above Wil l Be Only Be Considered For

Devia t ion/Varia t ion.

The Contrac tor Shal l Arrive At The Rates After

Careful ly Preparing The Rate Analysis Taking Into

Considerat ion Si te Condi t ions . For Increase Upto 25

Percent Over The Quant i ty Shown In The Bi l l Of

Quant i t ies Shall Be Paid At , The Rate Ment ioned In

The Bi l l Of Quant i t ies . However, I f The Quant i ty

Increases Beyond 25 Percent Of Quant i ty Shown In

The Bi l l Of Quant i t ies The Excess Quant i ty Beyond 25

Percent Shall Be Priced As Under:

The Rate Shal l Be Worked Out Based On Schedule

Rate With Contractor `S Quoted Percentage Or Current

Dis t r ic t Schedule Of Rates Without Contractor`S

Quoted Percentage , Which Ever Is Less .

102. Rates For

Extra I tems.

Rates For Such Additional Altered Or, Substituted Work Shall Be

Determined As Follows:

I) If Rate For Additional, Altered Or Substituted Item Of Work Is

78


Specified In The Bill Of Quantities And Rates, The Contractor Shall

Carry Out The Additional, Altered Or Substituted Item At The Same

Rate, Subject To 100 Above.

I i ) I f Rate For Any Addi t ional , Al tered Or Subst i tuted

I tem Of Work Is Not Inc luded In The Bi l l Of

Quant i t ies And Rates , Such I tem Of Work Shal l Be

Carr ied Out At The Relevant Corporat ion’s Schedule

Of Rates (Publ ic Works Department And M.J .P.

Schedule Of Rates For Thane Dis t r ic t ) Prevai l ing At

The Time Of Execution Of Extra Work (Quoted

Percentage Will Not Be Appl icable)

I i i ) I f The Rate For Any Addi t ional , Al tered Or

Subst i tuted I tem Of Work Cannot Be Determined In

The Manner Specif ied In (I) & (I i ) Above, Or The

Rate So Determined Is Found To Be Unreasonable ,

Then The Contrac tor Wil l Be Paid At Such Fair And

Reasonable Rates As Worked Out By The Engineer On

The Basis Of Materia l , Labour And Opera t ions Of

Construc t ion Equipment Required To Execute The

I tem And Allowing 10 Percent To Cover Prof i ts And

Overhead Charges .

(Iv) The Contractor Shall Submit To The Engineer His Detailed

Rate Analysis For Carrying Out Variation Duly Supported With

Quotations And Other Supporting Documents Within 7 Days Of

Written Instructions To Carry Out Variations. If The Contractor’s

Quotation Is Unreasonable, The Engineer Orders The Variation And

Makes Change To The Contract Price Which Is Based On His Own

Forecast Of The Variations On The Contractor’s Cost. In Case, The

Rates Decided By The Engineer Are Not Acceptable To The

Contractor, He Shall Continue With The Work And Maintain

Contemporary Records Of Actual Expenses On Day-To-Day Basis

With Joint Assessment/ Verification. The Contractor Is Not Entitle

For Payment Of Actual Expenses As Per Joint Records Added With

10% For Profit And Overheads. Disagreement With The Rate Fixed

By The Engineer Shall Be Informed By The Contractor Before

Commencing The Work Of Variations, Failing Which The Rate

Fixed By The Engineer Shall Be Final And Binding On The Parties

To Contract.

103. Overpayment

And

Underpayment

Whenever Any Cla im For The Payment Of A Sum To

The Corpora tion Rises Out Of Or Under This Contract

Against The Contrac tor The

Same May Be Deducted By The Corporat ion From Any

Sum Then Due Or Which At Any Time Thereaf ter May

Become Due To The Contrac tor Under This Contract

79


And Fai l ing That Under Any Contrac t With The

Corpora t ion Or From Any Other Sum Due To The

Contractor From The Corpora t ion (Which May Be

Avai lable With The Corpora t ion) Or From His Securi ty

Deposi t /Retent ion Money, Or He Shal l Pay The Cla im

On Demand.

The Corporation Reserves The Right To Carry Out Post Payment

Audit And Technical Examination Of The Final Bill Including All

Supporting Voucher, Abstracts Etc. The Corporation Further

Reserves The Right To Enforce Recovery Of Any Over Payment

When Detected.

If As A Result Of Such Audit And Technical Examination Any

Overpayment Is Discovered In Respect Of Any Work Done By The

Contractor Or Alleged To Have Been Done By Him Under The

Contract, It Shall Be Recovered By The Corporation From The

Contractor By Any Or All Of The Methods Prescribed Above Or If

Underpayment Is Discovered The Amount Shall Be Duly Paid To

The Contractor By The Corporation.

Provided That The Aforesaid Right Of The Corpora t ion

To Adjust Overpayment Against Amount Due To The

Contractor Under Any Other Contract With

Corpora t ion Shal l Not Extend Beyond The Period Of

Two Years From The Date Of Payment Of The Final

Bi l l Or In Case The Final Bi l l Is A “Minus” Bil l , From

The Date Of The Amount Payable By The Contrac tor

Under The “Minus” Bil l Is Communicated To The

Contractor .

Any Amount Due To The Contrac tor Under This

Contract For Underpayment May Be Adjusted Against

Amount Then Due Or Which May At Any Time

Thereaf ter Become Due Before Payment Is To The

Contractor , From Him To Corpora t ion On Any Other

Contract Or Account Whatsoever .

104. Payment Of

Final Bi l l

Fina l Joint Measurement Along-With The

Representa t ives Of The Contrac tor Should Be Taken,

Recorded And Signed By The Contrac tors . Contrac tor

Should Submit The Final Bil l Within 1 Month Of

Physica l Complet ion Of The Work.

I f The Contrac tor Fai ls To Submit The Final Bi l l

Within 1 Month, The Corpora t ion Staff Will Prepare

The Final Bi l l Based On The Joint Measurement

Within Next 3 Months .

80


Engineer’s Decis ion Shal l Be Final In Respect Of

Cla ims For Defect And Pending Cla ims Against

Contractors .

No Further Cla ims Should Be Made By The Contractor

Af ter Submission Of The Final Bi l l And These Shal l

Be Deemed To Have Been Waived And Ext inguished.

Payment Of Those I tems Of The Bil ls In Respect Of

Which There Is No Dispute And Of I tems In Dispute ,

For Quant i t ies And Rates As Approved By The

Commissioner Shall Be Made Within A Reasonable

Period As May Be Necessary For The Purpose Of

Veri f icat ion Etc .

Af ter Payment Of The Final Bi l l As Aforesaid Has

Been Made, The Contrac tor May, If He So Desires ,

Reconsider His Posi t ion In Respect Of A Disputed

Port ion Of The Final Bi l l And If He Fai ls To Do So

Within 84 Days, His Disputed Cla im Shal l Be Dealt

With As Provided In The Contrac t .

105.

Receipts To

Be Signed

In Firm’s

Name By Any

One Of The

Partners

Every Receipt For Money Which May Become Payable

Or For Any Securi ty Which May Become Transferable

To The Contrac tor Under These Present Shall , If

Signed In The Partnership Name By Any One Of The

Partners , Be A Good And Suff ic ient Discharge To The

Commissioner And Corpora t ion In Respect Of The

Money Or Securi ty Purport ing To Be Acknowledged

Thereby, And In The Event Of Death Of Any Of The

Partners During The Pendency Of This Contract , I t Is

Hereby Express ly Agreed That Every Receipt By Any

One Of The Surviving Partners Shal l , I f So Signed As

Aforesaid, Be Good And Suff icient Discharge As

Aforesaid Provided That Nothing In This Clause

Conta ined Shal l Be Deemed To Pre judice

Or Effec t Any Cla im Which The Commissioner Or The

Corpora t ion May Hereaf ter Have Against The Legal

Representa t ives Of Any Partners So Dying Or In

Respect Of Any Breach Of Any Of The Condit ions

Thereof , Provided Also That Nothing In This Clause

Conta ined Shal l Be Deemed Prejudice Or Affec t The

Respective Rights Or Obl iga t ions Of The Contrac tor

And Of The Legal Representa tive Of Any Deceased

Contractors Interest .

106. Payment On

Account Of

Pr ice Var ia t ion

Of Labour ,

Mater ia l And

As Per The Separa te Clause At tached .Sha l l be payable

only for works wi th t ime per iod more than

12months .Payment on account of pr ice var ia t ion shal l not

be payable for works wi th t ime per iod less than or equal

to12 months .

81


POL

Component

107. Compensa t ion

on account of

force majeure

events

Compensat ion on account of ‘Force Majeure events’

Etc . Shal l not be Payable Under This Contrac t .

PART-VI

TERMINATION OF CONTRACT AND SETTELEMENT OF DISPUTES

108. Cancella t ion

Of Contrac t In

Ful l Or In

Part .

I f The Contractor:

(A)At Any Time Makes Defaul t In Proceeding With

The Work With Due Dil igence And Cont inues To Do

So Af ter Not ice In Wri t ing Of Fourteen Days From

The Engineer; Or

B) Commits Default In Complying With Any Of The

Terms And Condi t ions Of Contrac t And Does Not

Remedy I t Within Fourteen Days Af ter A

Not ice In Wri t ing Is Given To Him In That Behalf By

The Engineer , Or

(C)Fai ls To Comple te The Works Or I tems With

Individual Dates Of Complet ion, On Or Before The

Date(S) Of Comple tion, And Does Not Complete Them

Within The Period Specif ied In A Not ice Given In

Wri t ing In That Behalf By The Engineer , Or

(D)Shal l Offer Or Give Or Agree To Give To Any

Person In Corpora t ion’s Service Or To Any Other

Person On His Behalf Any Gif t Or Considera tion Of

Any Kind As An Inducement Or Reward For Doing Or

Forbearing To Do Or For Having Done Or Forborne To

Do Any Act In Rela t ion To The Obta ining Or

Execution Of This Or Any Other Contrac t For The

Corpora t ion, Or

(E)Shal l Obta in A Contract With The Corpora t ion As

A Result Of Ring Tendering Or Other Non-Bona-Fide

Methods Of Competi t ive Tendering Or

F) Being An Individual Or A Firm, Any Partner

Thereof , Shal l At Any Time Be Adjudged Insolvent Or

Have A Receiving Order Or Order For Adminis t ra t ion

Of His Estate Made Against Him Or Shal l Take Any

Proceedings For Liquidat ion Or Composi t ion (Other

82


Than Voluntary Liquidat ion For The Purpose Of

Amalgamation Or Reconstruc t ion) Under Any

Insolvency Act For The Time Being In Force Or

Make Any Conveyance Of Assignment Of His Effec ts

Or Composi t ion Or Arrangement For The Benef i t Of

His Credi tors Or Purport So To Do, Or If Any

Appl icat ion Be Made Under Any Inso lvency Act For

The Time Being In Force For The Sequestra t ion Of His

Esta te Or If A Trust Deed Be Executed By Him For

His Credi tors , Or

G) Being A Company, Shal l Pass A Resolut ion Or The

Court Shal l Make An Order For The Liquidat ion Of

His Affa i rs , Or A Receiver Or A Manager On Behalf

Of The Debenture Holders Shal l Be Appointed Or

Circumstances Shal l Arise Which Ent i t le The Court

Or Debenture Holders To Appoint A Receiver Or A

Manager , Or

H) Shall Suffer An Execution Being Levied On His Goods And

Allow It To Be Continued For A Period Of 21 Days, Or

Assigns, Transfers, Sublets (Engagement Of Labour On A Piece

Work Basis Or Labour With Materials Not To Be Incorporated In

The Work, Shall Not Be Deemed To Be Sub-Letting) Or Attempts

To Assign, Transfer Or Sub-Let The Entire Works Or Any Portion

Thereof Without The Prior Written Approval Of The Commissioner;

The Commissioner May, Without Prejudice To Any Other Right Or

Remedy Which Shall Have Accrued Or Shall Accrue Thereafter To

The Corporation By Written Notice Cancel The Contract As A

Whole Or Only Such Items Of Work In Default From The Contract.

I ) In The Case Of Abandonment Of The Work Owing

To Serious I l lness Or Death Of The Contrac tor .

109. Action When

Whole Of

Securi ty

Deposi t Is To

Be Forfe ited

In The Cases Mentioned In Above Clause No. 107 The

Engineer , On Behalf Of The Corpora t ion Shal l Have

Power To Adopt Any Of The Fol lowing Forces , As He

May Deem Best Sui ted To The Interes t Of The

Corpora t ion.

a ) To Rescind The Contrac t (For Which

Resciss ion Notice In Wri t ing To The Contractor

Under The Head Of Engineer Shal l Be Conclusive

Evidence) And In That Case The Security Deposi t Of

The Contrac tor Shal l Stand Forfei ted And Be

Absolute ly At The Disposal Of Corporat ion

b) To Carry Out Work Or Any Part Of The

83


Departmenta l ly Debi t ing The Contractor With The

Cost Of The Work, Expendi ture Incurred On Tools

And Plan And Charges On Addi t ional Supervisory

Staff Inc luding The Cost Of Work Charge

Establ ishment Employed For Get t ing The

Unexecuted Part Of The Work Comple ted And

Credi t ing Him With The Value Of The Work Done

Departmenta l ly In Al l Respects In The Same Manner

And At The Same Rates As If I t Had Been Carr ied

Out By The Contrac tor Under The Terms Of His

Contract . The Certi f icate Of The Engineer As To

The Costs And Other Al l ied Expenses So Incurred

And As To The Value Of The Work So Done

Departmenta l ly And Shal l Be Final And Conclusive

Against The Contractor . c) To Order Tha t The Work Of The Cont rac tor Be

Measured Up And To Take Such Par t There Of As Shal l

Be On Executed Out Of His Hands , And To Give It To

Another Cont rac tor To Comple te , In Which Case Al l

Expenses Incur red On Adver t i sement For F ix ing A New

Cont rac t ing Agency, Addi t ional Supervi sory Sta f f

Inc luding The Cost Of Work Charge Estab l ishment And

A Cos t Of Work Executed By The New Cont rac t Agency

Wil l Be Debi ted To The Cont rac tor And The Value Of

The Work Done Or Executed Through A New Contractor

Sha l l Be Credi ted To The Contrac tor In Al l Respects

And In The Same Manner And At The Same Rates As If

I t Had Been Car r ied Out By The Contractor Under The

Terms Of This Cont rac t . The Cer t i f ica te Of The

Engineer As To All The Cost Of The Work And Other

Expenses Incur red As Aforesaid For Or In Get t ing The

Unexecuted Work Done By The New Contractor And As

To The Value Of The Work So Done Sha l l Be Fina l And

Conclus ive Agains t The Contractor .

In Case The Contrac t Shal l Be Rescinded Under

Clause (A) Above The Contrac tor Shal l Not Be

Ent i t le To Recover Or Be Paid, Any Sum For Any

Work Therefore Actual ly Performed By Him Under

This Contrac t Unless And Unt i l The Engineer Shal l

Have Cert if ied In Wri t ing The Performance Of The

Such Work And The Amount Payable To Him In

Respect Thereof And He Shall Only Be Ent i t led To

Be Paid The Amount So Cert if ied In The Event Of

Ei ther Of The Curses Referred To In Clauses (B) Or

(C) Being Adopted And The Cost Of The Executed

Departmenta l ly Or Through A New Contrac tor And

Other Al l ied Expenses Exceeding The Value Of The

Such Work Credi ted To The Contrac tor The Amount

84


Of Excess Shal l Be Deducted From Any Money Due

To The Contrac tor , By Corpora t ion Under The

Contractor Otherwise Howsoever Or From His

Securi ty Deposi t Or The Sale Proceeds There Of

Provided, However, That Contrac tor Shal l Have No

Cla im Against Corpora t ion Even If The Cert if ied

Value Of Work Done Departmenta l ly Or Through A

New Contrac tor Exceed The Cert i f ied Cost Of Such

Work And All ied Expenses , Provided Always That

Which Ever Of The Three Courses Ment ioned In

Clauses (A), (B) Or (C) Is Adopted By The

Engineer , The Contrac tor Shal l Have No Cla im To

Compensat ion For Any Loss Susta ined By Him By

Reason His Having Purchased Or Procured Any

Materia ls , Or Entered Into Any Engagements , Or

Made Any Advance On Account Of Or With A View

To The Execut ion Of The Work Or The Performance

Of The Contract .

110. Act ion When

The Progress

Of Any

Par t i cular

Por t ion Of The

Work Is

Unsa t i s factory

If The Progress Of Any Part icular Port ion Of The

Work Is Unsat isfactory The Condi t ions Ment ioned In

Clause 108(B), Be Ent i t led To Lake Act ion Under

Clause Af ter Giving The Contrac tor 14 Days Not ice In

Wri t ing. The Contrac tor Will Have No Claim For

Compensat ion, For Any Loss Susta ined By Him Owing

To Such Act ion.

111. Cont rac tor

Remains Liable

To Pay

Compensa t ion

If Act ion Not

Taken Under

Clause 108 And

109

In Any Case In Which Any Of The Powers Conferred

Upon The Engineer By Clauses 108 & 109 Hereof

Shal l Have Become Exerc isable And The Same Shal l

Not Have Been Exerc ised The Non Exerc ise There Of

Shal l Not Const i tute A Walver Of Any Of The

Condi t ions Thereof And Such Powers Shal l Not

Withstanding The Excisable In The Event Of Any

Future Case Of Defaul t By The Contrac tor For Which

Under Any Clause Hereof He Is Declared Liable To

Pay Compensat ion Amount ing To The Whole Of This

Securi ty Deposi t And The Liabi l i ty Of The Contrac tor

For Past And Future Compensat ion Shal l Remain

Unaffec ted.

112. Power To

Take

Possess ion Of

Or Require

Removal Or

Sel l

Contractors

In The Event Of Engineer Taking Action Under Sub

Clauses (A) Or (C) Clause 108, He May If He So

Desires , Take Possess ion Of All Any Tools And Plant ,

Materia ls And Store In Or Upon The Work Of The Si te

Thereof Or Belonging To The Contrac tor , Or Procured

By Him And Intended To Be Uses For The Execution

Of The Work Or Any Part Thereof Paying Or Al lowing

85


Plant . For The Same In Account At The Contrac t Rates Or In

The Case Of Contrac t Rates Not Being Appl icable At

Current Market Rates To Be Cert if ied By The Engineer

Whose Cert if ica te Thereof Shal l Be Final . In The

Alternative The Engineer May After Giving Not ice In

Wri t ing To The Contrac tor Or His Clerk Of The Work

Foreman Or Other Authorises Agent Requires Him To

Remove Such Tools And Plant , Materia l , Or Stores

From The Premises Within A Time To Be Specif ied In

Such Not ice And In The Event Of The Contractor

Fai l ing To Comply With Any Such Requis i t ion, The

Engineer May Remove Them At The Contractor’s

Expenses Or Sel l Them By Auct ions Or Priva te Sale

On Account Of The Contrac tor And At This Risk In

Al l Respect And The Cert if ica te Of The Engineer As

To The Expenses Of Any Such Removal And The

Amount Of The Proceeds And Expensed On Any Such

Sale Shal l Be Final And Conclusive Against The

Contractor .

113. No Interes t

For Delayed

Payments Due

To Disputes

Etc .

I t Is Agreed That The Corpora t ion Of Or I ts Engineer

Or Off icer Shal l Not Be Liable To Pay Any Interes t Or

Damage With Respect To Any Moneys Or Balance

Which May Be In I ts Or I ts Engineer’s Or Off icer’s

Hands Owing To Any Dispute Or Dif ference Or Cla im

Or Mis-Unders tanding Between The Corpora t ion Of Or

I ts Engineer Or Off icer On The One Hand And The

Contractor On The Other , Or With Respect To Any

Delay On The Part Of The Corpora t ion Of Navi

Mumabi Or I ts Engineer Or Off icers In Making

Periodical Or Final Payments Or In Any Other Respect

Whatever .

Payment To The Contrac tor Of The Amount Due Under

Each Of The Inter im Payment Cert if ica te Issued By

The Engineer Shall Be Made By The Corporat ion

Within 45 (Forty Five) Days If Such Cert i f ica te Being

Del ivered. I f The Corpora t ion Makes Late Payment ,

The Contrac tor Is To Be Paid Interest On The Late

Payment In The Next Payment . Interes t Shal l Be

Calcula ted From The Date By Which The Payment

Should Have Been Made Upto The Date When The Late

Payment Is Made At 6% Per Annum. I t Is A Term

Under This Contrac t That Payment Of Interest In

Excess Of 6% Is Barred On Any Amount Payable To

The Contrac tor On Any Account .

I t Is Dis t inc t ly Unders tood And Agreed Between The

Part ies Here to That Payment For Work Already

Executed By The Contrac tor Is Not A Condi t ion

86


Precedent Under This Contrac t For The Execut ion Of

The Remaining Work.

114. Jurisdic t ion In Case Of Any Claim, Dispute Or Difference Aris ing

In Respect Of A Contrac t , The Cause Of Act ion

Thereof Shal l Be Deemed To Have Arisen In Navi

Mumbai And All Legal Proceedings In Respect Of Any

Such Claim, Dispute Or Difference Shal l Be Inst i tuted

In A Competent Court In The Ci ty Of Navi Mumbai

Only.

115. Final i ty Of

Decision And

Non-

Arbi t rabi l i ty

SETTLEMENT Of DISPUTES If A Dispute / Disputes Of Any Kind Whatsoever Arises

Between The Contrac tor And Engineers Representa t ive

The Same Shall Be Referred To The Engineer For His

Decision With Detai led Just if icat ion. Such Reference

Shal l Be Sta ted That I t Is Inpersunce To This Clause

For Review And Giving Decis ions By The Engineers .

The Engineer Shal l Give His Decis ion Within 14 Days

Of Receipt Of Not ice . I f Ei ther Party Is Not Sat isf ied

With The Decis ion Of The Engineer Or The Engineer

Fai ls To Give The Decision Within The Period Of 14

Days From The Date Of Receipt Of Not ice Under This

Clause , Such A Dispute May Be Referred To

Arbi t ra t ion As Per Clause No. 115.

116. Arbi t ra t ion Except Where , Otherwise Provided For In This

Contract , Al l Quest ions And Disputes Relat ing To The

Meaning Of Inst ruct ion Hear In Before Ment ioned Or

As To Any Other Quest ion, Claim, Right , Mat ter Of

Handing Whatsoever , I f Any Aris ing Out Of Or

Rela t ing To This Contract , Specif icat ion, Est imates,

Ins t ruc t ions , Orders Or These Condi t ions Or Otherwise

Concerning The Works, Or The Execution Or Fai lure

To Execute The Same Where Aris ing During The

Progress Of The Work Or Af ter Comple tion Or

Abandonment Thereof Of Any Matter Direc tly Or

Indirec t ly Connected With This Agreement Shal l Be

Referred To The Sole Arbi t ra t ion Of The Munic ipa l

Commissioner Of Navi Mumbai Corpora t ion, C.B.D.,

Navi Mumbai And If The Munic ipa l Commissioner Is

Unable Or Unwil l ing To Act As Such, Then The Mat ter

In Dispute Shal l Be Referred To Sole Arbi t ra t ion Or

Such Other Person Appointed By The Munic ipal

Commissioner Who Is Wil l ing To Act As Such

Arbi t ra tor . In Case , The Arbi t ra tor So Appointed Is

Unable To Act For Any Reasons, The Munic ipa l

Commissioner In The Event Of Such Inabi l i ty, Shal l

Appoint Another Person To Act As Arbi t ra tor In

87


Accordance With The Terms Of The Contract . Such

Person Shal l Be Ent i t led To Proceed With The

Reference From The Sta te At Which It Was Lef t By

His Predecessors . I t Is Also A Term Of This Contract

That No Person Other Than A Person Appointed By

The Munic ipa l Commissioner As Aforesa id Should Act

As An Arbi t ra tor .

As Aforesa id The Provis ions Of The Arbi t ra t ion And

Conci l ia t ion Act 1996 Or Any Sta tutory Modif ica t ion

Or Reinactment There Of And The Rules Made There

Under And For The Time Being In Force Shal l Apply

To The Arbi t ra t ion Proceedings Under This Clause .

117. Laws

Governing

The Contrac t–

This Contrac t Shall Be Governed By The Indian Laws

For The Time Being In Force .

PART –VII

WORK COMPLETION & DEFECT LIABILITY

118. Clearance Of

Si te On

Complet ion

Upon The Issue Of Any Taking Over Cert if ica te The

Contractor Shal l Clear Away And Remove From That

Part Of The Si te To Which Such Taking-Over

Cert if ica te Rela tes Al l Contrac tor’s Equipment,

Surplus Materials , Rubbish And Temporary Works Of

Every Kind, And Leave Such Part Of The Si te And

Works Clean And In A Workman Like Condi t ion To

The Sat isfact ion Of The Engineer . I f The Contractor

Does Not Clear The Si te Within 15 Days Al l Materia l

Wil l Be Confisca ted And No Compensat ion Shal l Be

Paid And The Si te Wil l Be Cleared At Risk And Cost

Of The Contractor .

119. Submissions

Of Final

Complet ion

Drawings.

On Comple t ion Of The Work, The Contrac tors Shall

Furnish Free Of Cost 1 Set Of R.T.F. Of Final

Complet ion Drawings And 6 Bound Sets Of Copies Of

Drawings, Showing All The Deta i ls Checked And

Signed By The Engineer Within 2 Months Of

Complet ion Of Works. The Payment Of Final Bi l l

Shal l Be Made To The Contrac tors After Receipt Of

Above Sets . In Case The Contrac tor Fai ls To Submit

The Comple t ion Drawings, A Compensat ion At The

Rate Of Rs.5000/- Per Drawing Shal l Be Recovered

From The Final Bi l ls

120. Complet ion

Cert if ica te

(1) As Soon As Work Is Comple ted, The Contractor

Shal l Give Not ice Of Such Complet ion To The

88


Engineer And Within 28 (Twenty-Eight) Days Of

Receipt Of Such Not ice The Engineer Shal l Inspect

The Works And Shal l Furnish The Contrac tor With A

Cert if ica te Of Comple t ion Indica ting (A) The Date Of

Complet ion (B) The Defects To Be Recti f ied By The

Contractor , And/Or (C) I tems For Which Payment

Shal l Be Made At Reduced Rates .

When Separa te Periods Of Complet ion Have Been

Specif ied For I tems Or Groups Of I tems, The Engineer

Shal l Issue Separa te Comple t ion Cert if ica tes For Such

I tems Or Groups Of I tems. No Cert if ica te Of

Complet ion Shal l Be Issued, Nor The Works Be

Considered To Be Complete Ti l l The Contrac tor Shal l

Have Removed From The Premises On Which The

Works Has Been Executed, Al l Scaffolding, Sheds And

Surplus Materials , Except Such As Required For

Rect if ica tion Of Defec ts , Rubbish And All Huts And

Sani tary Arrangements Required For His Workers On

The Si te In Connection With The Execut ion Of Works

As Shal l Have Been Erec ted By The Contrac tor Or The

Workmen And Cleaned All Dir t From All Parts

Of Bui lding(S) In , Upon Or About Which The Work

Has Been Executed Or Of Which He May Have Had

Possess ion For The Purpose Of Execut ion Thereof

And Cleaned Floors , Gut ters And Drains , Eased Doors

And Sashes , Oi led And Fastenings , Labeled The Keys

Clearly And Handed Them Over To The Engineer Or

His Representa t ive And Made The Whole Premises Fit

For Immedia te Occupat ion Or Use To The Sat isfac tion

Of The Engineer . I f The Contrac tor Shal l Fa i l To

Comply With Any Of The Requirements Of

This Condi t ion As Aforesaid, On Or Before The Date

Of Comple t ion Of Works, The Engineer May At The

Expense Of The Contractor Fulf i l l Such

Requirements And Dispose Of All The Surplus

Materia l And Rubbish Etc . As He Thinks Fi t And The

Contractor Shal l Have No Claims In Respect Of Any

Such Materia l Except For Any Sum Actual ly Real ised

By The Sale Thereof Less The Cost Of Fulf i l l ing The

Requirements And Any Other Amount That May Be

Due From The Contractor . I f The Expense Of

Fulf i l l ing Such Requirement Is More Than The Amount

Real ises On Such Disposal As Aforesaid, The

Contractor Shal l Forthwith On Demand Pay Such

Excess .

The Contractor`S Notice Of Completion As Aforesaid Shall Have

89


To Accompanied With One Set Of Tracings Of Final Completion

Drawings On RTF And Six Bound Sets Of Copies Of As Built

Drawings, Failing Which The Notice Shall Be Deemed To Have Not

Been Issued At All.

(2) If At Any Time Before Completion Of The Entire Work, Items

Or Groups Of Items For Which Separate Periods Of Completion

Have Been Specified, Have Been Completed, The Engineer With

The Consent Of The Contractor Takes Possession Of Any Part Or

Parts Of The Same (Any Such Part Or Parts Being Hereinafter In

This Condition Referred To As "The Relevant Part") Then Not-

Withstanding Anything Expressed Or Implied Elsewhere In This

Contract.

(a) Within 28days (Twenty-Eight Days) Of Date Of Completion Of

Such Items Or Group Of Items Or Possession Of The Relevant Part

The Engineer Shall Issue A Completion Certificate For The

Relevant Part Provided The Contractor Fulfills His Obligation For

The Relevant Part As In Sub-Para (1) Above

(b) The Defects Liability Period In Respect Of Such Items And

Relevant Part Shall Be Deemed To Have Commenced From The

Certified Date Of Completion Of Such Items Or Relevant Part As

The Case May Be.

(c ) For The Purpose Of Ascerta ining Compensat ion For

Delay Under Clause No. 88 In Respect Of Any

Period During Which The Works Are Not Comple ted

The Relevant Part Shal l Be Deemed To Form A

Separa te I tem Or Group, With Date Of Comple t ion As

Given In The Contrac t Or As Extended Under Clause

No.80 And Actual Date Of Comple t ion As Cert if ied By

The Engineer Under This Condi t ion.

(3) If Any Part Of The Work Shal l Have Been

Substant ial ly Comple ted And Shal l Have Sat isfac tori ly

Passed Any Final Test That May Be Prescribed Under

The Contrac t , The Engineer May Issue A Cert i f ica te Of

Complet ion In Respect Of That Part Of The

Works Before Comple t ion Of The Whole Works And

Upon The Issue Of Such Cert if icates , The Contrac tors

Shal l Be Deemed To Have Undertaken To Comple te

Any Outs tanding Works In That Part Of The Works

During The Period Of Maintenance .

90


121. Taking Over

Of Work

Corpora t ion Wil l Take Over The Work At Any Stage

Whenever Required In The Interes t Of Publ ic By

Giving 10 Days Not ice To The Contrac tor .

122. Defects

Liabi l i ty

Period

The Contractor Shal l Be Responsible To Make

Good And Remedy At His Own Expense Within Such

Period As May Be St ipula ted By The Engineer Any

Defects Which May Develop Or Be Not iced Before The

Expiry Of The Period Ment ioned In The Schedule `A'

Here to From Certi f ied Date Of Comple t ion And

Int imat ion Of Which Has Been Sent To The Contrac tor

Within 7 Days Of Expiry Of The Said Period By Let ter

Sent By Hand Del ivery Or By Regis tered Post

123. Liabi l i ty For

Defects Or

Imperfec tions

And

Rect if ica tion

Thereof

If I t Shal l Appear To The Engineer Or To His

Representa t ive At Any Time During Construc t ion

Or Reconstruc t ion Or During The Defects‚ Liabi l i ty

Period, That Any Work Has Been Executed With

Unsound, Imperfec t Or Unski l l ful Workmanship Or

That Any Material Or Art ic le Provided By The

Contractor For Execution Of Thereof The Work Is

Unsound Or Of A Qual i ty Infer ior To That Contrac ted

For, Or Otherwise, Not In Accordance With The

Contract , Or That Any Defect , Shrinkage Or Other

Faul ts Have Appeared In The Work Aris ing Out Of

Defect ive Or Improper Materia ls Or Workmanship, The

Contractor Shal l , Upon Receipt Of Not ice In

Wri t ing In That Behalf From The Engineer Forthwith

Rect ify Or Remove Or Reconstruc t The Work So

Specif ied In Whole Or Part , As The Case May Require

Or, As The Case May Be, And / Or Remove The

Materia ls Or Art ic les So Specif ied And Provide Other

Proper And Sui table Materia ls Or Art ic les At His Own

Expense Notwithstanding That The Same May Have

Been Inadvertent ly Passed, Cert if ied And Paid For,

And In The Event Of His Fail ing To Do So Within The

Period To Be Specif ied By The Engineer In His Not ice

Aforesaid The Engineer May Rect ify Or Remove And

Re-Execute The Work And/Or Remove And Replace

With Others The Materials Or Art ic les Complained Of,

As The Case May Be, By Other Means At The Risk

And Cost Of The Contrac tor .

In Case Of Repairs And Maintenance Work, Splashes

And Droppings From Whitewashing, Paint ing Etc .

Shal l Be Removed And Surfaces Cleaned

Simultaneously With Comple t ion Of These I tems Of

91


Work In Individual Rooms, Quarters Or Premises Etc .

Where The Work Is Done, Without Waiting For

Complet ion Of All Other I tems Of Work In The

Contract . In Case The Contrac tor Fai ls To Comply

With Requirement Of This Condi t ion, The Engineer

Shal l Have The Right To Get The Work Done By Other

Means At The Risk And Cost Of The Contrac tor .

The Engineer Shal l Give Three Days Not ice In Wri t ing

To The Contrac tor Before Taking Such Act ion.

The Engineer Reserves The Right To Decide The Rates And Prices

Of The Works As Executed By Other Means At The Risk And Cost

Of The Contractor.

The Cost And Expenses Thereby Incurred On The

Works And Also Such Penalty As The Engineer May

Impose For Such Wrongful Conduct Of The Contrac tor

(Which Penal ty, The Engineer Shal l Be Competent To

Impose And Against The Imposit ion Of Which Or The

Amount Thereof By The Engineer An Appeal Shal l Lie

Only To The Commissioner Within Seven Days Of The

Order In That Behalf Of The Engineer And The

Decisions Of The Commissioner Shal l Be Final And

Binding Upon The Contractor) May Be Deducted From

Any Money Due Or To Become Due To The

Contractor , Under This Or Any Other Contract

Between The Contrac tor And The Corpora t ion.

124. Maintenance The Contrac tor Shal l Maintain The Finished Surface

Of The Road For A Period As Specif ied In Contrac t

Document , Af ter The Comple tion Of Work Without

Any Extra Cost To Corpora t ion Irrespective Of The

Designs , Standards And Specif icat ions And Actual

Traff ic Etc . The Contrac tor Shal l Get The Potholes

Fi l led Up With Asphal t Mix Materia ls And Keep The

Road Surface In Good Condi t ion Throughout The

Year . 5 Percent Amount Of The Tota l Work Done

Shal l Be With Held From Running Account Bi l l For

The Period Specif ied In The Contrac t Document From

The Date Of Comple t ion Of Work As Maintenance

Charges Of Maintaining And Keeping The Road In

Good Condi t ion. This 5 Percent Amount Withheld

Towards Maintenance Charges Shal l Be Allowed To

Be Replaced With Bank Guarantee Or Other

Recognised Forms At Intermedia te Stage , I f So,

Desired In Wri t ing. This Maintenance Charges Shal l

Be In Addi t ion To Securi ty Deposi t .

On Complet ion Of The Work In Al l Respects ,

92


Necessary Cert if ica tes Wil l Be Issued By The

Engineer And The Defect Liabi l i ty Period Wil l Be

Counted From The Date Of Issue Of Such Cert i f ica tes

Al l Damages During Execut ion Shal l Be Made Good

By The Contractor At His Cost . He Will Be

Responsible For Any Damage To The Road Surface

Inc luding B.T. Surface In Rainy Season And During

Construc t ion And Guaranteed Maintenance Period And

No Separa te Payment Will Be Made For Resort ing

Such Damages.

Defect ive Work Is Liable To Be Rejected At Any

Stage . The Contrac tor On No Account Can Refuse To

Rect ify Defec ts Merely On Reasons That Further

Work Has Been Carr ied Out . No Extra Payments Shal l

Be Made For Such Rect if ica tion.

125. Defects

Liabi l i ty

Cert if ica te

The Contract Shal l Not Be Considered As Comple ted

Unt i l A Defects Liabi l i ty Cert if ica te Shal l Have Been

Signed By The Engineer And Del ivered To The

Contractor , Sta t ing The Date On Which The Contrac tor

Shal l Have Comple ted His Obl iga t ions To Execute And

Complete The Works And Remedy Any Defects

There in To The Engineer’s Sat isfact ion. The Defects

Liabi l i ty Cert i f ica te Shal l Be Given By The Engineer

Within 28 Days After The Expira t ion Of The Lates t

Such Period, Or As Soon Thereaf ter As Any Works

Inst ruc ted, Pursuant To Clauses 121 And Have Been

Completed To The Sat isfac t ion Of The Engineer ,

Provided That The Issue Of The Defects Liabi l i ty

Cert if ica te Shall Not Be A Condit ion Precedent To

Payment To The Contrac tor Of The Retent ion Money.

126. Unfulf i l led

Obl iga t ions

Notwithstanding The Issue Of The Defects Liabi l i ty

Cert if ica te The Contrac tor And The Corpora t ion

Shal l Remain Liable For The Fulf i l lment Of Any

Obl iga t ion Incurred Under The Provis ions Of The

Contract Prior To The Issue Of The Defects Liabi l i ty

Cert if ica te Is Issued And, For The Purposes Of

Determining The Nature And Extent Of Any Such

Obl iga t ion, The Contrac t Shal l Be Deemed To

Remain In Force Between The Part ies To The

Contract . Notwithstanding The Issue Of The Defects

Liabi l i ty Cert i f icate The Contrac tor And The

Corpora t ion Shall Remain Liable For The

Fulf i l lment Of Any Obl iga t ion Incurred Under The

Provis ions Of The Contract Prior To The Issue Of

The Defects Liabi l i ty Cert i f ica te Is Issued And, For

The Purposes Of Determining The Nature And

Extent Of Any Such Obl iga t ion, The Contract Shal l

93


Be Deemed To Remain In Force Between The Part ies

To The Contrac t .

127. Refund Of

Securi ty

Deposi t

The Amount Of Securi ty Deposi t Lodged By A

Contractor Shal l Be Refunded Along With The

Payment Of The Final Bil l , Or Af ter The Expiry Of

The Defect Liabi l i ty Period Which Ever Is Later

Unless The Engineer Is Of The Opinion That In Order

To Safeguard Against Defects And Pending Cla ims

Against The Contrac tor I t Is Necessary To Reta in

More Amount Retained As Retention Money.

94


ANNEXURE ‘A’

(See Condition 24)

Safety Provisions

1. Suitable Scaffolds Shall Be Provided For Workmen For All That Cannot Safely Be Done From

The Ground, Or From Solid Construction Except Such Short Period Work As Can Be Done

Safely From Ladders. When A Ladder Is Used An Extra Mazdoor Shall Be Engaged For

Holding The Ladder And If The Ladder Is Used For Carrying Materials As Well, Suitable

Footholds And Handholds Shall Be Provided On The Ladder And The Ladder Shall Be Given An

Inclination Not Steeper Than ¼ To 1 ( ¼ Horizontal And 1 Vertical).

2. Scaffolding Or Staging More Than 3.25 Meters Above The Ground Or Floor, Swung Or

Suspended From An Overhead Support Or Erected With Stationary Support, Shall Have A Guard

Rail Properly Attached, Belted Braced And Other Wise Secured At Least 1 Meter High Above

The Floor Or Platform Of Such Scaffolding Or Staging And Extending Along The Entire Length

Of The Outside And Ends Thereof With Only Such Openings As May Be Necessary For The

Delivery Of Materials. Such Scaffolding Or Staging Shall Be So Fastened As To Prevent It

From Swaying From The Building Or Structure.

3. Working Platform, Gangways, And Stairways Shall Be So Constructed That They Do Not Sag

Unduly Or Unequally, And If Height Of A Platform Or Gangway Or Stairway Is More Than 3.25

Meters Above Ground Level Or Floor Level, It Shall Be Closely Boarded, Have Adequate Width

And Be Suitably Fenced As Described In 2 Above.

4. Every Opening In Floor Of A Building Or In A Working Platform Shall Be Provided With

Suitable Means To Prevent Fall Or Persons Or Materials By Providing Suitable Fencing Or

Railing With A Minimum Height Of 1 Meter.

5. Safe Means Of Access Shall Be Provided To All Working Platforms And Other Working Places.

Every Ladder Shall Be Securely Fixed. No Portable Single Ladder Shall Be Over 9 Meters In

Length. Width Between Side Rails In A Rung Ladder Shall In No Case Be Less Than 30 Cm For

Ladder Upto And Including 3 Meters In Length. For Longer Ladders This Width Shall Be

Increased By At Least 6 Mm For Each Additional 30 Cm Of Length. Uniform Step Spacing Shall

Not Exceed 30 Cm.

Adequate Precaution Shall Be Taken To Prevent Danger From Electrical Equipment. No

Materials On Any Of The Sites Shall Be So Stacked Or Places As To Cause Danger Or

Inconvenience To Any Person Or The Public. The Contractor Shall Provided All Necessary

Fencing And Lights To Protect Public From Accidents And Shall Be Bound To Bear Expenses

Of Defence Of Every Suit, Action Or Other Proceeding At Law That May Be Brought By Any

Person For Injury Sustained Owing To Neglect Of The Above Precautions And To Pay Any

Damages And Costs Which May Be Awarded In Any Such Suit, Action Or Proceedings To Any

Such Person Or Which May With The Consent Of The Contractor Be Paid To Compromise Any

Claim By Any Such Person.

Excavation And Trenching :- All Trenches, 1.5 Metres Or More In Depth , Shall At All Times Be

Supplied With At Least One Ladder For Each 30 Metres In Length Or Fraction Thereof, Ladder

Shall Be Extended From Bottom Of Trench To At Least 1 Metre Above Surface Of The Ground

Sides Of A Trench Which Is 1.5 Meters Or More In Depth Shall Be Stepped Back To Give

Suitable Slope, Or Securely Held By Timber Bracing, So As To Avoid The Danger Of Sides

95


Collapsing. Excavated Material Shall Not Be Placed Within 1.5 Meters Of Edge Of Trench Or

Half Or Depth Of Trench, Whichever Is More. Cutting Shall Be Done From Top To Bottom.

Under No Circumstances Shall Undermining Or Under Cutting Be Done.

7. Demolition : Before Any Demolition Work Is Commenced And Also During The Process Of

The Work

(a) All Roads And Open Areas Adjacent To The Work Site Shall Either Be Closed Or Suitably

Protected.

(b) No Electric Cable Or Apparatus Which Is Liable To Be A Source Of Danger Over A Cable

Or Apparatus Used By Operator Shall Remain Electrically Charged,

(c) All Practical Steps Shall Be Taken To Prevent Danger To Persons Employed, From Risk Of

Fire Or Explosion, Or Flooding. No Floor, Roof Or Other Part Of A Building Shall Be So

Overloaded With Debris Or Materials As To Render It Unsafe.

8. All Necessary Personal Safety Equipment As Considered Adequate By The Engineer Shall Be

Available For Use Of Persons Employed On The Site And Maintained In A Condition Suitable

For Immediate Use, And The Contractor Shall Take Adequate Steps To Ensure Proper Use Of

Equipment By Those Concerned.

(a) Workers Employed On Mixing Asphaltic Materials, Cement And Lime Mortars/Concrete

Shall Be Provided With Protective Footwear, Handgloves And Goggles.

(b) Those Engaged In Handling Any Material Which Is Injurious To Eyes Shall Be Provided

With Protective Goggles.

(c) Those Engaged In Welding Works Shall Be Provided With Welder’s Protective Eye-Shields.

(d) Stone Breakers Shall Be Provided With Protective Goggles And Protective Clothing And

Seated At Sufficiently Safe Intervals.

(e) When Workers Are Employed In Sewers And Manholes, Which Are In Use, The Contractor

Shall Ensure That Manhole Covers Are Opened And Manholes Are Ventilated At Least For

An Hour Before Workers Are Allowed To Get Into Them. Manholes So Opened Shall Be

Cordoned Off With Suitable Railing And Proided With Warning Signals Or Boards To

Prevent Accident To Public.

(f) The Contractor Shall Not Employ Men Below The Age Of 18 And Women On The Work Of

Painting With Products Containing Lead In Any Form. Whenever Men Above The Age Of 18

Are Employed On The Work Of Lead Painting The Following Precautions Shall Be Taken;

(g) No Paint Containing Lead Or Lead Products Shall Be Used Except In The Form Of Paste Or

Ready Made Paint.

(i) Suitable Face Masks Shall Be Supplied For Use By Workers When Paint Is Applied In

The Form Of Spray Or Surface Having Lead Paint Dry Rubbed And Scrapped.

(ii) Overalls Shall Be Supplied By The Contractor To Workmen And Adequate Facilities

Shall Be Provided To Enable Working Painters To Wash During And On Cessation Of

Work.

9. When Work Is Done Near Any Place Where There Is Risk Of Drowning, All Necessary

Equipment Shall Be Provided And Kept Ready For Use And All Necessary Steps Taken For

Prompt Rescue Of Any Person In Danger And Adequate Provision Made For Prompt First Aid

Treatment Of All Injuries Likely To Be Sustained During The Course Of The Work.

96


10 Use Of Hoisting Machines And Tackle Including Their Attachments, Anchorage And

Supports Shall Conform To The Following :

(A) (I) These Shall Be Of Good Mechanical Construction, Sound Material And Adequate

Strength And Free From Patent Defects And Shall Be Kept In Good Repair And In Good

Working Order.

(Ii) Every Rope Used In Hoisting Or Lowering Materials Or As A Means Of Suspension

Shall Be Of Durable Quality And Adequate Strength,And Free From Patent Defects.

(B) Every Crane Driver Or Hoisting Appliance Operator Shall Be Properly Qualified And No

Person Under The Age Of 21 Years Shall Be Incharge Of Any Hoisting Machine Including

Any Scaffold Winch Or Give Signals To Operator.

(C) In Case Of Every Hoisting Machine And Of Every Chain Ring Hook, Shackle, Swivel And

Pulley Block Used In Hoisting Or Lowering Or As Means Of Suspension, Safe Working

Load Shall Be Ascertained By Adequate Means. Every Hoisting Machine And All Gear

Referred To Above Shall Be Plainly Marked With Safe Working Load. In Case Of Hoisting

Machine Having A Variable Safe Working Load, Each Safe Working Load And The

Conditions Under Which It Is Applicable Shall Be Clearly Indicated. No Part Of Any

Machine Or Of Any Gear Referred To Above In This Paragraph Shall Be Loaded Beyond

Safe Working Load Except For The Purpose Of Testing.

(D) In Case Of Departmental Machine, Safe Working Load Shall Be Notified By The Engineer,

As Regards Contractor’s Machine The Contractor Shall Notify Safe Working Load Of Each

Machine To The Engineer Whenever He Brings It To Site Of Work And Get It Verified By

The Engineer.

11. Motors, Gearing, Transmission, Electric Wiring And Other Dangerous Parts Of Hoisting

Appliances Shall Be Provided With Efficient Safeguards, Hoisting Appliances Shall Be Provided

With Such Means As Will Reduce To The Minimum Risk Of Accidental Descent Of Load,

Adequate Precautions Shall Be Taken To Reduce To The Minimum Risk Of Any Part Of A

Suspended Load Becoming Accidentally Displaced. When Workers Are Employed On Electrical

Installations Which Are Already Energized, Insulating Mats, Wearing Apparel Such As Gloves,

Sleeves And Boots, As May Be Necessary, Shall Be Provided. Workers Shall Not Wear Any

Rings, Watches And Carry Keys Or Other Materials Which Are Good Conductors Of Electricity.

12. All Scaffolds, Ladders And Other Safety Devices Mentioned Or Described Herein Shall Be

Maintained In A Safe Condition And No Scaffold, Ladder Or Equipment Shall Be Altered Or

Removed While It Is In Use. Adequate Washing Facilities Shall Be Provided At Or Near Places

Of Work.

13. These Safety Provision Shall Be Brought To The Notice Of All Concerned By Display On A

Notice Board At A Prominent Place At The Work Spot. Persons Responsible For Ensuring

Compliance With The Safety Provisions Shall Be Named Therein By The Contractor.

97


14. To Ensure Effective Enforcement Of The Rules And Regulations Relating To Safety Precautions,

Arrangements Made By The Contractor Shall Be Open To Inspection By The Engineer Or His

Representative And The Inspecting Officers.

15. Notwithstanding The Above Provisions 1 To 14, The Contractor Is Not Exempted From The

Operation Of Any Other Act Or Rule In Force.

16. Complete Continuous Barricading Of G.I. Sheet Height 1.5 Mtr., With The Ground Clearance Of

0.60 Mtr. From The Ground Level And Completely Supported By M.S. Angles (As Per Design &

Instructions By The Engineer ) Must Be Provided. For Works Of Concrete And Asphalt Road,

This Should Be Maintained Till Completion Of Work.

98


ANNEXURE ‘B’ (See Condition No. 27)

DETAILS OF KEY PERSONNEL WITH TENDERER WHO ARE PROPOSED FOR THIS

CONTRACT

Sr No Description Of

Category

Name Qualification Professional

Experience

And Details

Of Works

Carried Out

Since How

Long In

Service

With

Tenderer

Remarks

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

SIGNATURE OF TENDERER:

DATE:-

99


ANNEXURE ‘C’

"��" �� ह�� ह� ��, �� ह��. �� . ___________________________

___________________________

___________________________

�� ह��

�� ह�� , �� ह�� !"�� #�� $�� %�� _________

/��.'�(� �� )� ��. / /200 �,��

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________ �� )�� -�� 'ह�.

100


.��/�� '0ह �� $�� 1� ��2�� 3� 'ह �.

1. �� 5�6�� 7� � 8��69�� !�:�� (�� 0ह�� 5�6 �(��9�� 2 6(��

� 7�� $�� '�;�� 'ह�. <�=�� (�� 2 6(�� )�

�� 'ह�.

2. )�� 6>?� � 6# '�A��5�#ह' �� #�� #�= �6 #�3�� 6, :��B�

��,�� !�C�) � D!��E � �5 ��. -----------------��. / /2016 ह� #�=

�� 5 �#��.

3. �� 5�6�� '�� 3I�� J�� ह)�.

4. �ह�� 5�6�� /.�L �� M�� (�� N�� 6 / � 6�?

�#O6�)/�� 5�6��# �� .

5. �ह�� )� �� 5�6��# � ��ह #�� M��# .�� (�� 5�6��

�ह�� # �� )�� 'ह�.

6. #�� 9�� #��I� QR�S� ��J�# �� I� -�M��# � �� $�� / ��

,��9�� हT� .�� ?� ह �.

�� #�= �� 6 '0ह ��J)��=� ��M�� #�� .�� '0ह�� =�� ,� � ��3��

'ह��. ह� �� )R�� ह�� 'ह�.

�$�� :- #. �. ?., ��, �� - 400 614.

�� :- / /2016

101


#�L�� ह��

1. !��L� �� : _______________________ !��L� (�� 5�6��) �X� : _______________________ �� : ____________________

: ______________________ �X� : ______________________ : _______________________ : _______________________ 2. !��L� : _______________________ �� : ______________________ �� (�� X� : ______________________ : ______________________ : ______________________ �� !��L� :-

�� :-

�� ह�� ल��

#��,� �Y�

!"�� #��9�� R�� #�!��#�L #��,� �Y� <�6��Z�� '� 'ह�.

�� : ________________________ !��L� : _______________________

�� : ________________________ !��L� : _______________________

102


�� .

�� ह�� //��#��/��3/205/2009,

��. 08/12/2009 �� : 1. ��//��#�/��3/175/2009, ��.15/06/2009 ��5�. 2. �^�� ह��L� � �Y�� 5�, �ह��_` ��a� ��

�� 20/07/2009 � )�� 5 �� :- �� (Registration) �� ह�� 9�� Z�� /��b�� #�c#c� , ��R��-��:!�, �� 3��, R�� !�:�� #��. �� 0��J� �ह�� 9�� !"�� X�� #d�� L�� ह(� /!"�� ह � ��ह. .��J� �#� �� )!`�� ef(6 1908 9�� Compulsorily Registerbale �� /�� ?� ��ह�. ��5 �ह�� X� ��?��w x�� Z�� #�= �� ^��E � �#�� )�� 'ह�. ��,�� -�.� (Stamp Duty) [A] ��= �� 5�6 (Work Contract) 9�� !�C�)�# �� (�� (a) :�� 10 ��R�� #�� :�� 100/-

(b) :�� 10 ��R�� #�� :�� 100 ��3� :�� 10 ��R�� 1� /.�� :�� 1 ��R�#�$ :�� 100 ��3� �� :�� 5 ��R �� Y�� M� �� 'ह� .

[B] ��#� �� :- #�� /��9�� !�C�)�# <(� ��3��9�� _$ 1 �� 9�� 5 (� �) �#��

��J�� )��M�� R��R��/�� = �Y�� M� �� 'ह�.

�5�6� �� ह�� ल��

103


ANNEXURE ‘D’

I N D E M N I T Y B O N D

ON STAMP PAPER OF VALUE OF RS. 100/-

In Consideration Of Navi Mumbai Muncipal Corporation Incorporated Under BPMC Act 1949 And

Having Its Office At Blapur Bhavan, 1st Floor, C.B.D. Belapur, Navi Mumbai-400614. (Hereinafter

Referred To As The Corporation, Which Expression, Shall Unless It Be Repugnant To The Context Or

Meaning Thereof Includes Its Successors Or Assigns) Having Awarded To M/S.

___________________________________________________________

______________________________________________ A Partnership/Proprietorship/Pvt. Ltd./Ltd.

Firm Carrying In Such Name And Style The Business Of Construction (Hereinafter Referred To As

The Contractor Which Expression Shall, Unless It Be Repugnant To The Context Or Meaning Thereof,

Includes Its Partners Or Partner/Proprietor For The Time Being Or Its Surviving Partner Or His Heirs

And Executors) For The Work Of

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

______At An ______ Percent Above / Below Estimated Cost Of Rs. ________________________ And

In Compliance With One Of The Terms And Conditions Of The Said Contract.

We, M/S. _________________________________________________________________ Being The

Contractor Do Hereby Agree And Undertake And Indemnify And Save Harmless The Corporation In

Consequence Of The Manufacturing Defect, Patent Manufacturing Defect And Construction Defect

Found In The Constructed Work At Any Time In A Defect Liability Period Of _______ Years With The

Grant Of Completion Certificate By The Corporation To The Contractor In Accordance With And

Subject To The Provision Of The Said Contract.

It Is Hereby Agreed And Declared That The City Engineer Of The Corporation Or Any Officer Acting

As Such City Engineer Of The Corporation Shall Be The Competent Authority To Decide Upon The

Question As To The Defects In The Construction Of Works And The Remedy To Be Applied By The

Contractor For Their Rectification At His Cost And His Decision Shall Be Final, Conclusive And

104


Binding Upon Both The Corporation And The Contractor, Provided That The City Engineer Shall So

Decide After Giving An Opportunity To The Contractor To Represent His Case.

We Hereby Agree And Undertake Irrevocable And Unconditionally To Carry Out Duly Each And Very

Decision, Order, Direction Or Instruction As May Be Issued By The Said City Engineer Or As The Case

May Be, The Officer Of The Corporation In His Behalf And To Rectify Properly And Promptly The

Defect Found By Him.

FOR AND ON BEHALF OF M/S._____________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Place :- __________________

Date :- __________________

S E A L

Notary, Maharashtra State BEFORE ME

Notary, Maharashtra State

Noted And Registered At _________________________________

Serial Number _______________________________

For & On Behalf Of Corporation.

Accepted By.

105


ANNEXURE – 9

AFFIDAVIT ON STAMP PAPER OF VALUE OF RS. 100/-

I/We Hereby State That We Are Aware Of The Provisions Of Section 10(1) 10(F) & (G) Of The BMPC

Act. 1949 Which Is Reproduced Below, And Solemnly State That We Have No Partnership Or Any

Share Of The Any Corporator Of Any Corporation In Our Company And Are Not Associated Presently

Or In The Past With Any Of The Office Bearers Of The Navi Mumbai Corporation Either Directly Of

Indirectly.

Extract Of Sec 10 Of BMPC Act:

10 (E) Subject To The Provision Of Section 13 And 404, A Person Shall Be Disqualified For Being

Elected And For Being A Counceller.

10 (F) Subject To The Provisions Sub-Section (2) Has Directly, By Himself Or His Partner Any

Share Or Interest In Any Contract Or Employment With By Or On Behalf Of The

Corporation.”

10(G) “Having Been Elected A Councilor Is Retained Or Employed In Any Professional Capacity

In Connection With Any Cause Of Proceeding In Which By Or On Behalf Of The

Corporation.”

We Are Aware That The Above Information If Found To Be Untrue Or False, We Are Liable To Be

Disqualified And The Earnest Money Accompanying The Tender Shall Stand Forfeited To The

Corporation. We Are Also Aware That If The Information Produced Above If Found To Be Untrue Or

False During The Currency Of The Contract. We Shall Be Held To Default And The Contract, If Any

Awarded To Us, Shall Be Liable To Be Terminated With All Its Concurrences.

Tenderer ………………………………………

Address ……………………………………….

………………………………………

Date The …………….. Day Of ……………… 20 Signature Of Tenderer

Witness ………………………………………

Address ………………………………………

………………………………………

Occupation ……………………………………… Signature Of Witness

106


PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE.

Accompaniment to the Government Resolution

Public Works Department No. CAT/06/04/148, dt.16/05/2005.

If during the operative period of the contract as defined in condition (i) below, there shall be any varation

in the consumer price Index (New series) for Industrial workers for Mumbai Center as per the Labour

Gazette published by the Commissioner of Labour, Government of Maharashtra and or in the wholesale

price index for all commodities prepared by the office of Economic Adviser, Ministry of Industry,

Government of India, or in the price of petrol/oil and lubricants and major construction materials like

bitumen, cement, steel various types of metal pipes etc, then subject to the other conditions mentioned

below, price adjustments, on account of

(1) Labour component

(2) Material component

(3) Petrol, Oil and Lubricant components

(4) Bitument Component

(5) HYSD & Mild Steel Component

(6) Cement Component

(7) C.I. and D.I. pipes component.

Calculation as per the formula, hereinafter appearing, shall be made. Apart from these, no other

adjustments shall be made to the contract price for any reasons whatsoever, component percentage as

given below are as of the total cost of work put to tender. Total of Labour, Material & POL components

shall be 100 and other components shall be as per actuals.

(1) Labour component K1 - 27 %

(2) Material component K2 - 72 %

(3) POL components K3 - 1 %

(4) Bitumen Component Actual

(5) T.M.T. Steel Component Actual

(6) Cement Component Actual

(7) C.I. and D.I. pipes component Actual

NOTE :- If cement, steel, Bitumen C.I. & D.I. pipes are supplied on schedule “A” then

respective component shall not be considered. Also if particulars component is

not relevent same shall be deleted.

(1) FORMULA FOR LABOUR COMPONENT :-

V1 = 0.85 Px[ K1 x L1-L0 ]

100 L0

Where :-

V1 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for labour component..

P = Cost of work done during the quarter under consideration.

107


Minus

The Cost of cement, T.M.T./H.Y.S.D. and Mild steel, Bitumen C.I. & D.I. pipes calculated at the

basic star rates as applicable for the tender, consumed during the quarter under consideration.

(These star rates shall be specified here) The Star Rates shall be Considered as per the Material

cost Considered for the preparation of estimate or at the time of comparison with new D.S.R.

K1 = Percentage of Labour component as indicated above.

L0 = Basic consumer price Index shall be average wholesale price index for the quarter

preceding the month in which to the date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.

L1 = Average consumer price Index for Mumbai Center for the quarter under

consideration.

(2) FORMULA FOR MATERIALS COMPONENT :-

V2 = 0.85 P x [ K2 x M1-M0 ]

100 M0

Where :-

V2 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for Material component.

P = Same as worked out for labour component.

K2 = Percentage of Material component as indicated above.

M0 = Basic wholesale price Index shall be average wholesale price index for the

quarter

preceeding the month in which to the last date prescribed for receipt of tender,

falls.

M1 = Average wholesale price Index during the quarter under consideration.

(3) FORMULA FOR PETROL, OIL AND LUBRICANT COMPONENT :-

V3 = 0.85 Px[ K3 x P1-P0 ]

100 P0

Where :-

V3 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for POL component.

P = Same as worked out for labour component.

K3 = Percentage of petrol, oil and lubricant component.

P0 = Average price of HSD at Mumbai during the quarter preceeding the

month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.

P1 = Average price of HSD at Mumbai during the quarter under consideration.

(4) FORMULA FOR BITUMEN COMPONENT :-

108


V4 = QB (B1-B0)

Where,

V4 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for Bitumen component.

QB = Quantity of Bitumen (Grade) in metric tonnes used in the permanent works and

approved enabling works during the quarter under consideration.

B1 = Current average ex-refiners price per metric tonne of Bitumen (Grade) under

consideration including taxes (octroi, excise sales tax) during the quarter under

consideration.

B0 = Basic rate of Bitumen in rupees as per metric tonne as considered for working out

value of P or average ex-refinery price in rupees per metric tone including taxes,

(octrol, excise sale tax) of Bitumen for the grade of bitumen under consideration

prevailing quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt

of tender falls. whichever is higher,

109


(5) FORMULA FOR HYSD AND TMT STEEL COMPONENT :-

V5 = S0 x [ Sl1-Sl0 ] x T

S10

V5 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for HYSD/TMT steel

component.

S0 = Basic rate of HYSD/ TMT steel in rupees per metric tonne as considered for

working out value of P.(Under consideration)

Sl1 = Average of steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for the quarter preceding the month in

which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

Sl0 = Average of steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for the quarter preceding the month in

hich the last date of prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

T = Tonnage of steel used in the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.

(6) FORMULA FOR CEMENT COMPONENT :-

V6 = C0 x [ Cl1-Cl0 ] x T

Cl0

V6 = Amount of price escalation in rupees to be allowed for cement component.

C0 = Basic rate of cement in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working out

value of P

Cl1 = Average cement Index published in the RBI bulletin for the quarter under

consideration.

Clo = Average of cement Index published in the RBI Bulletin for the quarter preceding

the month in which to the last date of prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

T = Tonnage of cement used in the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.

(7) FORMULA FOR C.I/D.I. PIPE COMPONENT :-

V7 = Qd x [ D1 – D0 ]

Where,

V7 = Amount of price escalation in rupees to be allowed for C.I./D.I. pipe component.

D0 = Pig Iron basic price in rupees per tonne considered for working out value of P.

110


D1 = Average Pig Iron price in rupees per tonne during the quarter under consideration

(published by HSCO)

Qd = Tonnage of C.I./D.I. pipes used in the works during the quarter under

consideration.

The following conditions shall prevail :-

(i) The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencing from the date of the

work order issued to the contractor and ending on the date on which the time allowed for the

completion of the works specified in the contract for work expires, taking into consideration

the extension of time it any for completion of the work granted by Engineer under the

Relevant clause of the conditions of contract in case other than those where such extension in

necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision of the Engineer as regards

the operative period of the contract shall be final and binding on the contractor. Where any

compensation for liquidated damages is levied on the contractor on account of delay in

completion of inadequate progress under the Relevant contract provisions,, for the balance of

work from the date of levy of such compensation the price adjustment amount shall be

worked out by pegging the indices L, M, C, P, B, SI and CI to the levels corresponding to the

date from which such compensation is levied.

(ii) This price variation clauses shall be applicable to all contracts in B-1/B-2 and “C” form but

shall not apply for piece works. The Price variation shall be determined during each quarter

as per formula given above in this clause.

(iii) The price variation under this clause shall not be payable for the extra items required to be

executed during the completion of the work and also on the excess quantities of items payable

under the provision of clause 38/37 of the contract from B-1, B-2 respectively. Since the rates

payable for the extra times or the extra quantities under clause are to be fixed as per the

current DSR or as mutually agreed to yearly revision till completion of such work. In other

words, when the completion/execution of extra items as well as extra quantities under clause

38/37 of the contract from B-1/B-2 extends beyond the operative date of the DSR then the

rates payable for the same beyond that date shall be revised with reference to the current DSR

prevalent at that time on year to year basis or revised in accordance with mutual agreement

thereon, as provided for the contract whichever is less.

111


(iv) This clause is operative both ways, i.e. if the price variation as calculated above is on the plus

side, payment on account of the price variation shall be allowed to the contractor and if it is

on the negative side, the government shall be entitled to recover the same from the contractor

and the amount shall be deductible from the any amounts due and payable under the contract.

(v) To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not

entirely covered by the provision of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rate and

prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency

of such other actual rise of fall in costs.

vi) Basic rates of materials will be consider as per P.W.D.(Thane Circle)for the year 2011-12.

Cement – Rs. 5600/- Per M.T.

T.M.T. Steel – Rs. 42000/- Per M.T.

Structural Steel – Rs. 41000/- Per M.T.

DETAIL SPECIFICATION FOR CIVIL WORKS

1.0 SITE INSPECTION

EARTHWORK IN SITE LEVELING

2.1 General

Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern the work under this section.

2.2 Work included

The contractor shall provide materials, labour, plant and equipment to complete the work indicated or

specified herein or both.

2.3 Sequence of Site Levelling

The Contractor shall level the site in accordance with the sequence of earth leveling as shown on the

drawing.

2.4 Cleaning and Grubbing work

All Areas to be excavated for attaining specified levels and for obtaining fill material and areas where

filling has to be done shall be cleared of all vegetation, shrubs, bushes, trees, roots etc. The Contractor

112


shall break and remove unwanted structures and building, including foundations, fencing, drains and

empty and cleanse all old wells, ponds and cesspools. All tree stumps shall be removed and roots shall

be excavated and removed. The cleared and grubbed areas shall be maintained free from vegetation and

any vegetable growth during the progress of the work. All materials obtained from cleaning and

grubbing shall be dumped in allotted areas.

2.5 Stripping

The area to be filled shall be stripped of all materials such as vegetation, organic soil, silt etc. The

surface shall be stripped to be depth of 80 mm to 200 mm as may be necessary to obtain a foundation of

satisfactory density and stability all materials that may be soft yielding or likely to become unstable with

saturation or which may interface with the creation of proper bond between the foundation and filling

shall be removed. The material obtained from stripping should be dumped in allotted areas.

2.6 Excavation of High Areas

All materials required for the fillings shall be taken from high areas which are to be brought to

specialized reduced levels. The earth obtained from specified sections of high areas shall be placed in

specific sections of the zone of filling. The high areas shall be so worked that the selected materials as

required shall be obtainable as close to the point of utilization as possible and shall not interfere with any

permanents structure or disfigure any part of the work. The depth of the cut form of each high area shall

be as shown as on the drawings. These slopes shall be cleared of all loose drawings. These slopes shall

be cleared of all loose or insecure fragments on blocks which may cause injury or damage by falling or

slipping. The contractor shall take particular care to excavate only to specified levels. In case any

excavation is carried out to levels deeper than specified, no claims for payment for excavation beyond

the specified depth will be admissible. The contractor shall then have to make good excavation at his

own cost and bring the area to the specified levels.

2.7 Earth fill Materials

All suitable material excavated from high areas shall be used for filling the low areas. The contractor

shall maintain at his own cost all haul roads in connection with the work. These roads shall be graded

and well watered from time to time to prevent dust nuisance and to provide good visibility in the

working areas.

113


2.8 Placing Earth Fill

Roots, sods, wood or other organic matter shall not be placed in the fill. Before a new layer is laid,

existing ruts or other unevenness in the surface of the layer shall be removed and the surface of the layer

shall be scarified and roughened by harrowing and plugging to obtain bond with the material to be

placed. The fill material shall be in continuous horizontal layers not exceeding 200 mm. Thickness. The

fill material shall be kept slightly sloping from the center to the edges avoid formation of pools during

the rains. Dozers graders shall be used for spreading and leveling the material to uniform thickness.

2.9 Compacting

In filled up areas such as embankments and other c compaction shall be carried out by sheep’s foot roller

capable of giving a bearing pressure of 25 Kg. Per sq.cm. of the foot area in contact as a given time.

The layers of the earth fill placed shall be compacted till the feet of the sheep’s feet roller commence

rising out of the ground. The layers shall be watered before rolling. If the material laid down for

compaction is to wet in the opinion of the Engineer/Architect, then the Contractor shall allow it to be

aerated till the optimum moisture is reached and then start the process of compaction.

Graders and dozers shall be used to keep the layers uniform so that extreme variations in depth do not

occur. In case of inaccessible places such as ground culvert pipes, headers. building foundations etc.

Technically driven on hand tampers shall be used.

2.10 Blasting

Blasting shall be carried out as specified under Clause 4.0

2.11 Embankments

The finished formation width, side slopes and grade of the embankments shall be true to line and level as

shown on the drawings.

The embankments shall be made up in layers not exceeding s 30 mm thickness over the whole width

between the surface of the side slopes and shall be slightly concave in section so as to retain the water for

water subsidence. All large clods shall be broken up by labour specially detailed for this work.

114


When embankments are on side-long ground the whole area of the embankment on slope shall be

benched out or stepped so as to prevent the material from slipping.

In construction of embankments over the culverts or pipe drains care shall be taken to bring the

embankments up, equally, ;on both side and over the top of the structure. Earth embankments shall be

compacted as specified in clause 2.9 and in rock embankment, the rock filling shall be carefully packed

for the depths as shown on the drawing.

If embankments are made from borrow pits, the Contractor shall excavate the earth from borrow pits at

the locations indicated on the drawings. The shall be regular in width the shape and shall be properly

graded, drained and finished with neatly trimmed slopes.

2.12 Cuttings

The section of the cutting shall be as shown on the drawings. The sides of all cuttings in rock shall be

cleared out all loose or insecure fragments or blocks which may cause inquiry or damage by falling.

Where in the sides of rock cuttings inferior stone or soft materials intervene between layers of hard rock

or where the rock after dressing and exposure will not permanently with stand and effect or weather,

such inferior stone or soft material or loose rock shall be excavated to an approved depth and the

resulting space built up with masonry or concrete so as to ensure a solid uniformly battered face.

Where soft and unsuitable material is encountered in cuttings at formation level or immediately

thereunder it shall be excavated to such levels directed by the Engineer/Architect. The resultant

excavation shall be filled with suitable materials and compacted as specified in Clause 2.9.

2.13 Water Courses and Drains

Excavations carried out in diversion, enlargements, deepening, or straightening of streams, water course,

or ditches, shall be performed as shown on the drawings. All surplus suitable material obtained from

such excavations shall be used for filling low areas and/or embankments.

Where water courses have to diverted from the sites of embankments or other works, the original

;channels shall be cleared of all vegetable growths and soft deposits and filled in with approved materials

and compacted as specified in Clause 2.9 open ditches and catch water drains from drainage purposes

shall be cut to such cross section as shown on the drawing. The sides shall be dressed fair throughout

115


and the bottoms accurately ;graded so as to drain the water to the outlet. All suitable material excavated

from the ditches and catch water drains shall be used for filling low areas and/ or embankment.

3.0 EAST WORK IN EXCAVATION FOR FOUNDATIONS, BASEMENT DRAINS, CULVERTS

ETC.

3.1 General

Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.

3.2 Work included

The Contractor furnish labour, material, plant and equipment to complete excavation, filling , backfilling

, leveling grading and compacting as indicated or specified herein or both.

3.3 Grub up Old foundations, Drains etc.

The Contractor shall grub up old roots, break up and remove old concrete or brick foundations, drains or

manholes, empty and cleanse all old , wells, cesspools and ponds, found prior to during progress of

excavation, seal up connections where required, remove all contaminated earth and fill in voids with

hard materials and well ram.

3.4 Excavation and Cutting

The Contractor shall excavate to remove materials of any nature or description which may be encounted

and excavate to the depths, widths, and inclinations as shown on the drawings and/or indicated. The

contractor shall not remove trees that are to remain as directed.

The excavated material shall be classified precautions to prevent ingress of water into excavated areas,

trenches, pits etc. during construction.

3.5 Variation in Excavation

Bad Ground : Should the bottom of any excavation appear to be soft, unsound or unstable, the

contractor shall report the matter to the Engineer/Architect and if the Engineer/Architect so directs, Shall

excavate the same to indicated depths. In case of such extra excavations the extra depth shall be filled up

with concrete or such other materials as the Engineer/Architect shall direct, such extra excavations and

fillings shall be valued and paid for as an authorized extra.

116


Excavation the deep : If the Contractor excavates to level lower than those shown drawings for reason

whatsoever, he shall fill it up at his own expense to the proper level with brick work or concrete as in the

case of slips or fails. No payments will be made for excavation taken down to depths lower than those

shown on the drawings.

Slips and Falls : Every precautions shall be taken against slips and falls of earth, clay, sand or other

materials in the excavations, but in the event of any occurring, the contractor shall at his own expense

make good the space affected by the slips or falls, though the affected area may be outside the

dimensions of the work ordered.

The Engineer/Architect will determine in each case whether such affected areas is to be filled up in

whole in part with concrete, brick work or masonry of the quality used in the adjoining work or where

only a part is to be so filled, the materials to be used for this remaining part.

If in the opinion of the Engineer/Architect there is a possibility of the new constructed work having been

damaged or disturbed by such collapse, the work shall be laid bare at the expense of the Contractor. Any

damage shall be made good by the Contractor at his expense.

3.6 Shoring, Planking and Strutting

The Contractor shall support and maintain adjoining and abutting property and structures to render work

safe to persons and property.

The Contractor shall provide necessary docking, guard, fences, planking and the like to maintain safe

pedestrian and vehicular traffic.

The Contractor shall replace or repair at his own cost and in an approved manner, all work damaged

through removal of such temporary work in improper protective work.

The Contractor shall plant and struct as may be required the sides of all excavations.

3.7 Excavate over Surface

The Contractor shall excavate the surface of the site to remove vegetable soil and carry such soil to

separate spoil heaps on the allotted site within 100m.

3.8 Protection

117


The contractor shall provide and lay all boards necessary to protect the sides of the excavations from the

effects of inclement weather.

All trenches at all times shall be kept free from water.

The Contractor at his own expense shall pump out or otherwise, remove all water which may occur

during the continuance of the contract.

3.9 Pumping

The Contractor shall provide and operate pumps or other equipments necessary to drain and keep all

excavations, pits, trenches etc. free from water.

3.10 Filling and Rough Grading

For backfilling, the Contractor shall use earth excavated from the foundations, free from organic and

other objectionable matter. The backfilling shall be done in uniform horizontal layers not exceeding 300

mm. In thickness and rammed and watered as required to consolidate properly.

Immediately upon the completion of each phase of the work, the contractor shall at his own expense

level the mounds or heaps of earth which may have become surplus in the execution of thw work within

a lead of 10 mkj. And the contractor shall not be paid for double handling of the spoil.

If sufficient materials are not available on the site to complete all filling to required grades, they shall be

brought to site from outside.

4.0 BLASTING

4.1 General

Applicable provisions of conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.

4.2 Work included

The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, plant and tools to complete the work indicated or

specified herein on both. The Contractor shall strictly followed the latest Government Statutory Laws

regarding the safety precautions for storage, use of explosives and blasting operations.

4.3 Storing and Transport

118


Explosive shall be stored in clean, dry well ventilated magazines to be built for the purpose. Fuses and

detonators shall be stored in separate magazines. Detonators and explosives shall be transported

separately to the blasting site.

4.4 Preparation for Blasting

Explosives shall be kept dry and away from the direct rays of the sun, naked lights, steam pipes or heated

metal etc. Only the quantity of explosive required for a particular amount of firing to be done shall be

brought to the site of work. All surplus explosive loft after filling the holes shall be removed at lease

400 mm. From the firing point. A wooden steaming rod shall be used to pushed the cartridge into the

shot-hole. Metal rod or rammer shall not be permitted on the site of the works. The charges shall be

pressed firmly into plane and not rammed or pounded.

The explosive shall be fired by means of an electric detonator placed inside a cartridge and connected to

the firing cable. Due precautions shall be taken to keep the firing circuit insulated from the ground, bare

wires, rails, pipes or any other path of stray currents and to keep the lead wires short circuited until

ready to fire.

4.5 Drilling Rock for Blasting

Holes for changing explosives shall be drilling with pneumatic drills, the drilling pattern being

so planned that rock pieces after blasting will be suitable for handling without secondary

blasting. The rock pieces so blasted shall be neatly stacked at allotted places.

4.6 Blasting Operation

Before any blasting is carried out the contractor shall ensure that all workman vehicle and

equipment on the site are cleared from an area of 300 meteres radius from the firing point, at least

15 minutes before the firing time by sounding a warning siren. The area shall be encircled by red

flags.

The Contractor shall employ a competent and experienced licensed supervisor in charge of each

set of operation, who shall beheld responsible to ensure that all the safety regulations are

followed.

The firing shall be conducted by supervisor and the number and of shots fired at a time shall not

exceed the permissible limits. In case of misfires the unexploded charges shall be carefully

located after half an hour and shall be exploded by drilling a fresh hole along side the misfired

hole (but not nearer than 600 mm. from it) and by exploding a new charge. The workman shall

not return to the site to firing until at least half an hour after firing.

4.7 Controlled Blasting

When Blasting is conduced in the neighborhood of roads, structures, buildings or any place

which requires controlled blasting, the Contractor shall drill only window shot-holes. These

holes shall be filed with a light charge of explosive and the blast controlled by placing steel plates

119


loaded with gunny bags filled with sand or earth over the hole and covering them with wire net

fixed to the ground, so as to ensure that the blasted material do not scatter.

In such cases short delay blasting may be adopted.

5.0 EARTH FILLING IN PLINTH AND BACK FILLING AROUND FOUNDATION PITS

5.1 General

Applicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.

5.2 Work included

The Contractors shall supply materials, labour, plants and tools to complete the work indicated

or specified herein on both.

5.3 Workmanship

Before doing the backfilling, The Contractor shall remove all shoring and framework, all bits of

timber, cement bags and all other rubbish.

The filling in plinth shall be of approved earth free from harmful mineral and vegetable matter.

Clays subject to volume changes because of moisture variation such as black cotton soil, shall not

be used for filling.

The backfilling shall be done with selected and approved excavated earth which is free from large

boulders, lumps or similar material, and shall be deposited in layers not exceeding 200mm in

depth. Each layer shall be rammed thoroughly before the next layer is deposited.

The filling under the floors shall be done in layers not exceeding 150mm in depth. Each layers

shall be thoroughly consolidated by watering and ramming. When filling has reached the

approximate level, the area filled shall be flooded with water and the fill shall be allowed to

settle. When the water has been absorbed in the soil, the whole area shall be finally rammed and

dressed to the required level.

6.0 PLAIN AND REINFORCED CONCRETE WORK

6.1 General

Applicable provisions of conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.

6.2 Work Included

Supplying all materials, garding aggregates and transporting, handling, protecting and storing

materials for concrete.

Preparing, sampling and testing and concrete mixes.

Mixing, controlling and transporting concrete of all grades and conducting field tests.

Setting, bracing, typing, aligning and checking concrete formwork and constructing pannels and

specials units or providing pre-fabricated unit forms in connects therewith.

Providing and erecting scaffolding.

Providing, fabricating, installing and typing steel reinforcement and dowels.

120


Fixing anchor bolts and sleeves and settings, typing and aligning for embedments.

Installing and aligning curb angles, pipe sleeves and drains, post, stockets, inserts, furring anchor

devices, hangers, water stops, expansion joint fillers etc. for embedment.

Placing concrete3 in building and equipment foundations, footings, piers, walls, slabs and floors,

underpinning, retaining walls, abutments, tunnels, head walls and piping anchor blocks, storage

bins, and track hoppers electrical vaults, conduit beams and trenches, machinery and equipment

foundations, basements, pits and pedestals, cooling tower basing and substructures etc.

Placing tremie, fast setting, hear and water resistant concrete, open drain and drilled tunnel

timings or other type requiring special procedure.

Placing lean concrete fill in areas where excavations extends below required depths and where

membrane water proofing under floors is indicated.

Applying and joining plies of medmbranes and coal tar water proofing materials with protective

coverings and damp-proofing coats on walls and layers under slabs.

Finishing and protecting floor, slabs, and preparing concrete surfaces for separate coverings,

linings and refractors.

Curing, removing forms, patching and correcting defects, falling from the recesses cleaning

concrete work.

Grouting base, bearing the sole plates, machinery and equipment bed frames as well as cleaning

and grouting constructions joints and preparation for placing additional lifts.

6.3 Materials

Cement :- Ordinary Portland Cement shall conform to IS : 260 and Portland Blast Furnace Slag

cement shall conform to IS : 56.

Reinforcement :- Reinforcement shall M.S. round rods conforming to IS : 432 or IRC mesh

fabric reinforcement conforming to IS : 1666 or mild steel and medium tensile steel deformed

bars conforming to IS : 1139 or cold twisted steel bars conforming to IS : 1786 and shall be free

from oil, paint, rust or coatings. The binding wire shall be annealed approved wire.

Joint Fillers :- Expansion joint fillers shall be approved non extruding, resilient filers as shown

in drawing.

Waterstops :- For expansion and constructions joints waterstops shall be of rubber, PVC or 20

guage G.I. sheet as indicated in the Bill of Quantities or drawings.

Waterproofing Membrane :- The waterproofing membrane materials and treatment shall be of a

type shown on the drawings.

Water :- Water shall be clean and of potable quality.

6.4 Concrete Mix

The Concrete shall be controlled concrete as defined by IS: 456. The grades of concrete shall be

as indicated on the drawings or as specified and the strength requirements shall be in accordance

with

IS : 456.

121


The contractor shall grade the aggregate and control the water cement ration as specified in IS

:456 and satisfy the Engineer/Architect by frequent tests at his own cost that the correct grade of

concrete is used. The maximum total quantity of aggregate by weight per 50 kg. Of cement shall

not exceed 450 kg except where otherwise specifically permitted by the engineer / architect.

Coarse Aggregates Range Where used

40mm to 6mm Mass foundation, heavy

ground slabs and where ever

possible. Walls over 250mm and floor slabs

over 150mm.

20mm to 6mm Walls and Slabs thinner than

those mentioned above.

6mm to and below Grouting.

The maximum size of aggregates used shall be as indicated in the drawing and the bill of

quantities.

Where reinforcement is too closely spaced for the maximum size stone in a range, the largest

suitable range will be used with the approval of the Engineer / Architect.

6.5 Mixing

All components of concrete will be proportioned by weight for each grade and preferably a batch

mixing plant shall be used unless volumetricmix is permitted by the Engineer / Architect. When

mixed in a power mixer, it shall be equipped with automatic devices for control of speed, gauging

of water and timing the mixing period, clean potable water only will be added Batches shall not

exceed the capacity which can be mixed efficiently as determined by mixer efficiently as

conform to manufacture’s recommended rate but shall not vary more than 10 nor exceed 30

m/minute. Net minimum mixing time will begin when all water is in the mixer and based on

mixer size, will be 1 ¾ to 2 minutes for 5/3.5 mixer. Excessive mixing shall be avoided.

When had mixing is permitted, it shall be carried out on a water tight platform and care shall be

taken to ensure that mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in color and consistency.

Consistency : Consistency will be controlled as per IS : 456 and checked by slump tests in

accordance with IS : 1199. maximum slump for mechanically vibrated concrete shall be as

follows :

Mass construction and pavements : 50mm

Unreinforced foundation walls : 62mm - 75mm

and footings.

Reinforced foundation walls : 75mm – 87mm

and footings.

Reinforced beams, slabs, walls : 100mm

and columns.

122


Tests : Sampling, making up, curing and testing of specimen will comply with the IS :

456, IS : 516 and IS : 1199.

6.6 Form Work

The form work shall conform to IS : 456. from shall be prefabricated standard or shop built

panels or built – in place units and shall be constructed, stiffened and braced to withstand the

pressure of concrete contingent upon temperature, rate and depth of placing and the spacing of

ties. All forms shall be made up with tight joints to contain the grout. From oil shall be applied to

all panels.

Setting : Panels and units shall be set to true dimensions and alignment and rigidly tied, waled

and braced to prevent distortion and displacement from placing operations, for surfaces exposed

to view, the contact face shall be such that concrete shall present a smooth, neat appearance. Slip

forms where used shall provide smooth even surface true to dimension and alignment and shall

be free of unsightly off – sets, fins and bulges. The tolerances for wall thickness and general

dimensions shall be held to the line consistent with good construction practice.

Tie Rod : Standard form tips, clamps, bolts and inserts shall be of adequate strength for the

spacing, spreaders, either removable or embedded type shall properly maintain wall thickness.

Tie rod shall be kerfed or notched type to permit removal, so that no end metal is less than

12mm. back from concrete surfaces. For tie rods of the type which have to be completely pulled

out or to remain embedded, wire shall not be used.

Stripping :- The Period or removal or forms shall conform to IS: 456. Any variation from code

requirements shall be subject to written approval of the Engineer/Architect.

6.7 Reinforcement

Workmanship shall conform to IS:2502. All metal reinforcement shall be freed from loss mill

scale, rust, oil and grease immediately before placing of concrete. Reinforcement shall not be

straightened in a manner that will injure the material. They shall be placed lapped and

maintained in positions and to length. Shown in the drawing. The correct clearance from the

form shall be maintained by provisions of precise concrete Blocks.

All intersections of longitudinal and transverse bars shall be securely tied together with approved

binding wire. The binding wire shall be so placed that it touches all the four corners of the

intersection and the two ends shall be looped with pliers. The cost of blinding wire and spacer

blocks shall be included in the cost of reinforcement.

Welded joints may be used but in all cases of important connections, tests shall be made to prove

that the joints are of the full strength of bars connected. Welding shall be done in accordance

with IS: 2751 and special precautions shall be adopted for cold worked bars. But welding

between the ends of a rod line, whereby stress is transferred across the section may be adopted

only for mild steel bars. For mild steel bars which have had their strength increased by cold

working, the stress at the weld shall be limited to the strength of mild steel before cold working.

In case of tack welding used for fixing reinforcement in their position, no special precautions

need to be taken.

6.8 Embedments

All embedments shall be accurately set and rigidly fastened. Anchor bolts shall be set to

template and firmly secured in vertical and horizontal line at required positions. Water stops

123


shall be secured against displacement during the placing of concrete. The joints for G.S. water

stops shall be soldered watertight and those of PVC and rubber shall be joined by cementing and

vulcanizing Expansion joint filters shall be for the full depth of slabs or full width in walls and

shall be cemented with a bituminous cement against previously placed concrete. The ends shall

be butted tight and the upper edge set flush with finished slabs.

6.9 Placing

Transporting Concrete :- Concrete shall be transported from the mixing plant to the forms as

rapidly as possible by means that will prevent segregation or flash set in the concrete during hot

weather. The containers shall be such as to prevent heavy evaporation. At the time of placing

concrete in very hot weather, care shall be taken to see that the temperature of wet concrete does

not exceed 38 degrees centigrade.

Before placing concrete, all framework, emdebments and reinforcement shall be checked for

completeness, location, dimensions, square and plumb. All chips and saw dust or other foul

matter shall be removed from within the forms. The base surface shall be well moistened and

puddles wiped up. Placing equipment and accessories shall be kept clean and free of partially set

grout and concrete and maintained in proper working order.

Placing Aids :- In general, placing shall be direct by transporting buckets. Where it is necessary

to deposit the concrete at level differences of more than 1.5m, short chutes shall be used. Short

chutes and hoppers shall be so designed and installed that segregation will not take place. In

cases where chutes are impracticable due to excessive drop

Construction Joints :- In general construction joints shall be limited to those indicated on the

drawings. In the mass concrete, construction joints may be indicated to the drawings but shall be

made at breaks, offsets or other convenient levels, as controlled by volume, plant capacity and

time factors. Such construction joints shall be so located that they do not impair the strength of

the structure. All construction joints shall be cleaned with were brush of water to remove all

laitance and loose material to expose the aggregate. Immediately before placing fresh concrete,

the surface of previously placed concrete shall be grouted.

Compaction :- Concrete in general shall be consolidated by vibration using high frequency

mechanically driven vibrators. Concrete shall be placed in layers at least 300mm.deep in walls

and approximately 450mm in mass pours. Vibrators shall not penetrate more than 50mm into

the surface of previously placed layers. Care shall be taken not to over vibrate any concrete and

especially those with higher slumps. Spare vibrators in good operating condition shall be on

hand during placing operations.

Special Concreting :- The placing of underwater concrete shall follow IS: 456 in all respects for

the method employed. Special types of concrete shall be placed by methods most suitable for the

particular conditions.

Grout :- The base plates of columns and anchor bolts shall be grouted with a mixture consisting

of 1 part of cement and 2 parts of sand with the addition of correct quantity of water to get the

desired consistency. The grout shall be thoroughly worked in and compacted so that the entire

space is filled with dense grout.

124


Non-shrink grout where indicated, shall be placed in accordance with the method specified by the

manufactures.

6.10 Curing and Protection

Curing of concrete with water shall comply with IS:456. Curing compounds shall be used

subject to approval by the Engineer/Architect. Finished floors shall be protected carefully until

completely set. Protection of concrete against extreme weather conditions shall comply with the

I.S.Sector.

6.11 Repairing and Patching

Pockets of rock formed due to segregation over vibration or other causes shall be completely

removed and the void properly keyed and reinforced if necessary. The face shall be tightly

formed and arranged for providing a head in the concrete. The cavity shall be filled with the

same concrete as used for the structure and thoroughly rodded or vibrated when vibrated when

possible. The filled hopper shall be left in place until shrinkage has taken place and the concrete

sets sufficiently to stay in place. While still alive, the upper part of form and hopper shall be

removed and excess concrete struck off and finished with wood flat or trowel to match existing

concrete. Any fins or unsightly grout runs or bugles shall be removed from surfaces exposed to

view. Form rod holes shall be pointed up with cement or grouted to match the existing surface as

closely as possible. No cement washes shall be used unless particularly called for on drawings.

7.0 REINFORCED CONCRETE WORK FOR SHELL AND FOLDED PLATE WORK

7.1 General

Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern the work under this section.

7.2 Work Included

The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labour, plant, equipment, tools, to complete the work

indicated or specified herein or both.

Supplying all materials, grading aggregates and transporting, handling, protecting and storing,

materials for concrete.

Preparing, sampling and testing concrete mixes.

Mixing, controlling and transporting concrete of all types and conducing field tests.

Setting, bracing, typing, aligning and checking concrete formwork and constructing panels and

special units or providing prefabricated unit forms in connections therewith.

Providing, fabricating, installing, typing steel reinforcement and dowels.

Fixing anchor bolts and sleeves and setting, typing and aligning for embedment.

Installation and aligning curb angles, pipe sleeves and drains, post sockets, inserts, furring anchor

devices, hinges, water stops, expansion joint fillers etc. embedment.

Placing concrete for roofs, slabs and floors,

Applying and jointing plies of membranes and coal tar waterproofing materials with protective

coverings, and damp proofing coats on walls and layers under slabs.

125


Finishing and protecting floor slabs and preparing concrete surfaces for separate coverings,

linings etc .

Curing, removing forms, patching and correcting defects, filling form tie recesses and cleaning

concrete work.

7.3 Materials

All Material shall be as specified under clause 6.0

7.4 Concrete Mix

The Concrete shall be controlled concrete as defined in IS:456. The grades of concrete shall be

as indicated on the drawings. The water cement ration shall be in accordance with IS:456 and for

attaining greater workability an approved admixture may be provided if such admixture does not

impair the strength of concrete.

The maximum slumps shall be as follows :

Type of work Slumps

Shells (Mech. Vibrated) 25 mm

Folded Plate 40 mm

Shell Folded plate (handtamped) 50 mm

Edge beams 40 mm

The strength of various grades of concrete should be as specified in clause 6.4.

7.5 Mixing

Mixing shall be performed as specified in Clause 6.5

Tests :- Sampling, Making up, curing and testing of specimen shall comply with IS: 456, IS:516

and IS : 1199.

7.6 Form Work

Formwork shall be as specified in Clause 6.6, subject to the following additional specification.

7.6.1 Sequence of Operation

The Contractor shall indicate in advance to the Engineer/Architect his sequence of operation of

formwork and concreting and shall obtain prior approval of the same. The form work shall be

erected for the entire shell unit including the edge beams. The formwork for the edge beams

and traverse shall not be connected with the formwork of the shells/folded plates. The supports

required for the edge beams, traverses and shells/folded plates in one bay shall not be disturbed

until the entire concreting in that bay is completed and the concreted has attained the requisite

strength.

The following sequence of operation shall be followed :

i) Erection of formwork for edge beams and traverses.

ii) Fabrication and placing of reinforcement and concreting upto construction joints as

indicated on the drawings.

126


iii) Removal of formwork with retention of requisite support.

iv) Erection of formwork for the entire shell/folded plate.

v) Fabrication and placing of reinforcement and concreting.

vi) Curing and removal of formwork.

vii) Waterproofing.

viii) Finishing.

Approval of the Engineer/Architect shall be obtained regarding design and sequence of

operation of mobile formwork if such formwork is to be used and such formwork shall be

specifically approved by the Engineer/Architect after erection.

7.7 Reinforcement

The Reinforcement work shall be carried out s specified in Clause 6.7, in addition, the following

specification shall apply.

The contractor shall maintain continually of steel between the shells/folded plates and the edges

beams and traverse.

Laps of adequate lengths of welded joints as specified shall be provided. The minimum number

of joints for lengthening of bars shall be used and the joints shall be staggered.

If the joints are but-welded, the welding shall be entrusted only to experience welders and the

welding shall be done with extreme caution in accordance with IS:275, one percent of of bars

welded shall be tested to destruction, at the cost of contractor.

Special reinforcement couplings may be provided in edge beams to avoid congestion of bars due

to laps and hooks.

7.8 Embedment

The work of embedment shall be carried out as specified in Clause 6.8.

7.9 Planning

The placing of concrete shall be carried out as specified in Clause 6.9, in addition the following

specification shall apply.

Edge beams and traverses shall be concreted first. The edge beams and traverses shall be cast

upto a level shown in the drawings.

Concreting of the shell/folded plate shall be done to full thickness and not in layers. Construction

joints shall be positioned as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer/Architect.

The portion of an upstand beam, if any, shall be concreted as soon as possible after concreting of

the shell.

For casting the shell/folded plate either mechanical compaction with vibrators or hand tamping

may be used. Mechanical compaction shall be done with screed vibrators. The use of needle

vibrators shall be restricted to edge beams, traverses or thickened portions of shell. Concreting

may be done in strips of convenient widths parallel to the curves edge, each strip shall be started

127


at the lowest level and concreted upwards. Special care shall be taken in tamping the concrete

in deep downstand stiffening beams to ensure adequate compaction.

The thickness of the shell/folded plates at various points shall be as indicated on the drawings and

in not case shall be thickness be varied from those specified.

The thickness of the shell/folded plate shall be controlled by using cement mortar blocks of

corresponding thickness. As shell/folded plate thickness varies from the edge beams to the

crown. The thickness these two points as indicated by the Engineer/Architect.

Proper arrangement shall be made to avoid displacement of steel during placing of concrete by

providing walkways above the level of the finished concrete and supported at intervals free from

the reinforcement so as to avoid disturbance of the reinforcement. The surface of the concrete

shell/folded plate shall be smoothing with a person with a wooden flat to the correct curve which

shall be set by templates.

7.10 Curing :-

The surface shall be kept wet for a minimum period of 14 days by covering it with sand, gunny bags,

straw or other suitable material and spraying constantly wit water. Embrace curing if permitted by the

Engineer/ Arhcitect, may be adopted as an alternative and adequate care shall be taken to prevent

moisture contained in the concrete from dissipating through any flaw in the

membrane cover or inefficiently sealed joints and edges.

7.11 Striking of Formwork :-

The process of stripping shall be graduals, without shock and so controlled that the overall stress

pattern in the structure, at any stage of stripping is reasonably similar to the pattern expected after

stripping. The sequence of operations for stripping, the periods between concreting and the

commencement of the stripping (determined as given below) and between various operations of

stripping shall have the prior approval of the Engineer/Architect. The period between the

completion of concreting and the commencement of stripping will be concreting and the basis of

the concrete having attained 70 to 85 perfect of the 28 days strength.

7.12 Repairing and Patching :-

The work of repairing and patching shall be carriage out on specified clause 6.10

8.0 PRECAST CONTRACT WORK :-

8.1 General :-

Applicable provision of conditions of contract shall given work under this section .

8.2 Work Included :-

The contractor shall furnish materials, labour, plant and tools to completion the work indicated or

specified herein both.

8.3 Materials :-

Materials shall be specified in clause 6.3

128


8.4 Workmanship :-

The workmanship shall be as specified under clause 6.0 of the specification subject to additional

conditions specified below.

8.5 Concrete Proportioning :-

The concrete mix to be adopted shall be indicated on the drawing and the strength requirements

shall confirm to IS : 456.

8.6 Formwork and Moulds :-

The form work and/or moulds for precast concrete members shall be made of metal and true

shape and dimension of the finished product as indicated on the drawings.

The moulds shall be close jointed and perfectly smooth with joints caulked to prevent leakage of

cement slurry. The moulds shall be of rigid constructions to prevent distortion with the bulging of

sides and base. The moulds should be designed with suitable fastenings to allow them to be

struck without to the casting.

The moulds shall generally be vibrated on mechanically operated vibrating table.

8.7 Marking of Units. :-

All precast members shall be marked in a manner approved by the Engineer/Architect in a

conspicuous place, with date of manufacture and marking number. The upper of the member

shall be marked distinctly to ensure proper handling.

9.0 GUNITING WORK

9.1 General :-

Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall be f\given work under this sections.


The Contractor shall provide materials, labour, tools, plant tom completion the work indicated or


9.3 Materials :-

Cement :- Cement shall conform IS : 269.

Aggregate : -

Fine aggregate shall be approved river or pit sand shall conform to IS 383

Reinforcement :- Reinforcement shall be electrically welded mesh fabric consisting of 8 guage

wire in both directions spaced at 150 mm, centers. Dowels shall be 12 mm, dia MS rounds 75

mm. Long spaced at 750 mm centers.

9.4 Proportion and Thickness :_

The mix of cement and sand shall be 1 part of cement to 3 parts of sand unless otherwise in the

bill of quantities or on the drawing.

9.5 Preparation s of Surface :-

129


The surface to be gunited shall be lightly chipped and thoroughly cleaned of any dirt or grease

and all the loose particles shall be removes and the surface shall be fully wetted.

9.6 Fixing Reinforcement :-

Necessary holes shall be drilled on the concrete surface at required intervals. The dowel bars

shall be inserted in these holes and tied to the main reinforcement wherever possible. The dowels

shall be grouted and the grout shall be allowed to set at least for one day. After the grout has set,

fabric reinforcement shall be laid on the concrete surface and tied to the dowel with 18 guage

annealed binding wires. The fabrics reinforcement shall have a minimum lap of 300 mm., and an

average cover of 20 mm from the existing concrete surface.

9.7 Workmanship :-

Water pressure shall be 1.05 kg / cm2 guage. Air pressure shall be 2.46 kg./cm2 gauge for 30 m.

length of hose and shall be increase by 0.35 kg/cm2 gauge for every additional 15 m. length of

hose or part thereof. Pressure in the mixing chamber. The quantity of water added shall be

regulated and the water cement ration shall be 0.25 to 0.30 by weight.

The mix shall be shot at right angles to the surface and all rebound materials shall be removed

and shall not be used. Loose sand deposited shall be removed. At the end of the each day`s work

a thin edge shall be left.

Where the thickness of guniting is such it has to be performed in more than one layer, a

minimum of 5 hours shall be allowed between completion of one layer and starting of the next

layer to reduce the undesirable effects of shrinkage.

9.8 Curing :-

Starting about 6 hours after completion of the spraying, the surface shall be cured for a period of

7 days of methods approved by the Engineer/ Architect.

9.10 Guarantee of Work.

The contactor shall give a guarantee for the gunning work against any leakage, any wear and tear

for a minimum period of six months after the completion of the work. In case any defects are

observed during this period, the contractor shall rectify the same at his own cost.

10.0 Mortar for Bricks work and plaster work.

10.1 General :-

Applicable provision of condition of contract shall govern work under this section.


The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools, plant and scaffolding so as to completion the

work indicating or specified herein or both.

10.3 Materials :-

Cement :- Cement used shall conform to IS 26

Sand :- the sand shall be approved river or pit sand and it shall perform to IS 1542 for plaster and

IS 2116 for masonry mortar.

130


The sand for mortar for masorary work and plaster shall be evenly graded from coarse to fine,

free from loan, clay, dust or organic matter and shall be subject to approval of the

Engineer/Architect. If directed, it shall be washed or screened before use without any extra cost.

Water :- water shall be clean and of potable quality.

10.4 Mortar Proportion :-

The proportion of cement and sand for martar shall be as indicated on the drawing unless

otherwise specified. The proportion of time and sand for mortar shall be as indicated on the

drawings.

10.5 Workmanship :-

The workmanship shall conform to IS 2250 for preparations of masonry and to IS 1661 for

plaster.

The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry in spefied proportion. Then the water shall

be added by sprinkler just sufficient to make a stiff and workable paste. In case of mechanical

mixing the mortar shall be mixed for at least three minutes and for hand mixing the mortar shall

be mixed back and forth for to the 15 minutes with additions of water.

10.6 Re-tempering :-

Mortar that stiffened because of evaporation of water from the mortar be re tempered by adding

water as frequently as necessary to restore the requirements of consistency but this re-tempering

shall be permitted only within two hours form the time of additions of cement. `

11.0 Bricks work :-

11.1 General

Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall given work under this section.


The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools, and plant so as to complete the work


11.3 Materials :-

Bricks The bricks used shall conform to IS 1077 Bricks are to be whole sound, well burnt, free

from cracks, square and well shaped, uniform in size and shall emit a clear ringing sound when

struck.

Cement Mortar :- Mortar shall be as specified under clause. 10.0

11.4 Workmanship:-

Bricks Work :- The work of the bricks work shall be carried out y the contractor in uniform a

manner.

All the bricks shall be kept under water till they are completely soaked and used on the works on

their becoming skin dry.

131


The contractor shall set out builds all bricks work to the dimension, thickness and height, shown

on the drawings, the contractor shall build bricks work in English bond and half bricks walls and

casing to pipe, chases, etc. in stretcher bond. Brickbats shall not be used expect where require for

bond.

The contractor shall lay bricks in full mortar beds with shoved joints. The joints are not to exact

10 mm. In thickness and are to be full or mortar. Close, well finished and neatly struck. The

vertical joints in any course shall not be nearer than a quarter of a bricks length from those in the

course below. All the joints shall be same width except for small variations to maintain bond. The

bricks work shall be laid plumb and trim to line and level.

No portion of bricks work shall be raised more than 1 metre above another at one time. If the

mortar in any course has begun to set, the joints shall be raked out before another course is said.

The top course of bricks work in RC framed structure shall be wedged against RC surface and

joints well filled with mortar.

The contractor work as it progresses shall be thoroughly watered on it faces and top. The

contractor shall keep wet all brickwork for 5 days after laying. The course shall be raked unless

otherwise specified. Net work shall be cleaned and thoroughly watted before joining new work to

it.

Any work in which the mortar perishes shall be dismantled and rebuilt by the contractor at his

own expense.

11.5 Cleaning :-

The contractor shall carry out work in as clean manner as possible and shall remove excess

materials and mortar droppings daily.

Where bricks walls and partitions are to receive plaster, excess materials and mortar dropping

shall be removed and the surface shall be brushed clean.

During cleaning operations, adjacent work shall be protected and any damage resulting from

improper protection shall be made good by the contractor at his own cost.

11.6 Scaffolding :-

Generally scaffolding shall conform to IS 2212 and shall be designed to withstand all loads and

to ensure the completions safety of workman and materials.

The scaffolding must be double i.e. it should have two sets of standards. Where this is not

possible, the inner end of the scaffolding pole shall rest in a hole provided in a head or course

only and only one header for each pole shall be left out. Putlog holes are not to be allowed in

pillar under 2.4 m. width.

12.0 STONE MASONARY (RANDOM RUBLE AND COURSED)

12.1 General :-

Applicable provisions of condition of contract shall given work under this section.

12.2 Work Included :_

The contractor shall furnish labour, material, tools and plant so as to complete the work indicated

or specified herein or both.

132


12.3 Materials

Stone :- Building shall conform to IS 1127 Rubble stone shall be strong, dense, compact, close

grained and uniform in texture and colour with reasonable facility of working. It should free from

cracks, flaws, decay and sandholes and shall be taken from approved quarries.

A fresh fracture of stone should be bright, clean and shape without loose grains and free from any

dull earthy appearance. The stone shall be properly dressed after quarrying before they are put to

use in the structure. Stone newly quarried containing quarry sap should be protected from frost

until the quarry sap evaporates.

Mortar

The mortar for stone masonry shall normally be of cement sand mortar. The mortar proportions

shall be as indicated on the drawings.

12.4 Workmanship (Random Rubble masonry uncoarsed)

Workmanship for stone masonry shall conform to IS 1597 No stone shall be less than 250 mm in

thickness or less than 300 mm. In each horizontal dimension or if the thickness be more than 300

mm. The lease horizontal dimension must not be less than thickness.

Dressing :- the stones after being fully cleaned and wetted are to be set in the work as received

from quarry and without further dressing of any sort except that of knocking off weak corners

and edges with the mason`s hammer. The stones must be laid on their natural or quarry bed.

Bond Laying :- The stones shall be carefully laid so as to break joints by at least 75mm and

solidly bedded with close joints. No joints shall exceed 20 mm in thickness. Chip of stones and

spalls shall be wedged into the work wherever necessary so as to avoid thick beds or joints of

mortar. No dry work or hollow spaces shall be allows in the masonry anywhere. Every stone

whether large or small shall be flush in mortar, smaller stones used in the filling being carefully

selected to fit roughly the interstices between the larger ones. The outside and inside faces of

masonry in walls must be carried up in the same plain as the faces the proceeding length.

Face Stone :- The face stones shall be laid as far as possible without pinning in front and they

shall be selected from the mass of quarry stone for greater size, good beds and uniform colour.

They shall be laid so that they shall not be of greater height than either the breadth on face of

length of tail in the work.

Quoins :- Quoins which must be of the same height as the course in which they occur and should

be formed of header stones from 220 mm. To 450 mm long according to the height of the course

and laid lengthwise alternatively along each face. They should be laid square on their beds which

should be dressed to a depth of at least 100 mm. The corner of each quoin should have a chisel

draft of 25 mm. On each side to facilitate checking the verticals alignment.

Finishing :- The exposed faces of work shall be cement flush pointed if time mortar is used

unless otherwise specified. If cement mortar is used the joints may be flushed as the work

proceeds. Where stone work is to receive plaster or to be pointed other that flush pointing, the

joints shall be raked to a minimum depth of 12 mm. Provide proper bond.

Any work in which mortar dry, white or powdery through neglect of watering, then the masonry

shall be dismantled and rebuilt by the by the contractor at his own expenses.

Curing :- Curing shall be done for a period of 5 days.

133


12.5 Workmanship (Random Rubble Masonry Coursed )

Height of Courses :- The stones after being well cleaned and wetted shall be laid in horizontal

courses of equal depth of not less than 150 mm and shall be set full in mortar.

Dressing :- the joint between two continuous face stones in the same course must be truly

vertical and the two stones must be hammered of chisel dressed as to be in constant for at least 75

mm depth from the face of the wall. The beds of face stones also should be hammer or chisel

dressed for at least 75mm depth.

Bond and laying :- the stones shall be laid on their broadcast face in cement mortar and beaten

into position with mallet, care being taken that the mortar is well filled into the joints. The

interior of the wall is to be carefully constructed with proper sized approximately in every course.

The other details shall be followed as detailed forbond or header stone for random rubble

masonry.

Quoins:- The same specifications shall be followed as detailed random masonry for quoins.

12.7 CLEANINGS

The contractor shall carry out the work in a clean manner and shall remove excess material,

mortar droppings excess materials, mortar droppings shall be removed and the surfaces shall be

brushed clean during cleaning operation, adjacent work shall be protected and any damage shall

be made good at the cost of the contractor resulting from improper protection.

FINISHING

The exposed surface of the work shall be flush pointed unless otherwise specified. Unless the

interior faces is to be plastered, it shall be the same as the exterior face.

CURING

Curing shall be done for a period of 5 days.

13.0 SOLING AND HARD CORE

13.1 General

Applicable provision of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.

13.2 Work included

The contractor shall furnish labour, materials tools and plant so as to complete the work indicated


13.3 Materials

Stones:- The boulders for soling shall be granted, trap, basalt, or similar hard stone approved by

the engineer / Architect. Soling stone shall generally be 250mm thick. The other dimension shall

be 300mm to 375mm unless otherwise specified.

Bricks: - The bricks used shall conform to IS 1542

134


Sand: - The sand used shall be approved river or pit sand and it shall conform to IS:1542

Graveli:- It shall be free from dirt, clay, leaves etc.

Ballast:- The stone ballast shall be of durable tough and close hard texture.

Brick Ballast :- Brick ballast shal be broken from 1st class bricks which are well burnt or over

burnt. The porous or spongy variety shall not be permitted to be used.

13.4 Workmanship

Stone boulder soling : - The sub- grade shall be dressed to correct level and shall be rammed

or rolled to proper consolidation before laying the soling. Stones shall be placed close to each

other. The specified thickness shall be made up in one layer only. The crevices between the

stones shall be hand packed first with smaller pieces and hammered into place so as to

completely fill up the voids. No stone after packing shall move or tilt in any direction when

walked over.

Brick flat single layer soling:- The earth shall be filled in layers not exceeding 200mm thick. The

filled layers shall be sprinkled with water and well rammed by head rammers so as to consolidate

it thoroughly. The bricks shall be placed on a thin cushion of sand and the joints shall be fully

filled by dry sand and finally broom.

Bricks flat double layer soling :- The second layer of bricks be placed only after finishing the first

layer and the joints shall be fully filled by dry sand and finally broom.

Rammed gravel or ballast hard core :- Gravel or ballast to be laid over prepared bed shall be

clean free admixture. The ballast shall not be more than 10mm to 40 mm size. The gravel or

ballast shall be laid in layers of up to 75mm to the specified thickness and the voids shall be filled

with sand and rammed by hand rammers dry and wet and preparedly consolidated.

Broken Bricks hard core :- Broken over burnt bricks aggregate (Jhama) of 30 mm size shall be

laid over prepared bed. The broken bricks aggregate shall be laid in one or more layers to the

specified thickness and well consolidated by hand rammers.

14.0 CAST IN-SITU CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING:-

14.1 General

Applicable provisions of conditions of concrete shall govern work under this section.

14.2 Work included :- The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so

as to complete the work indicated or specified herein or both.

14.2 Materials :-

Cement :- Ordinary Portland cement, white and coloured, shall conform to IS: 269.

Aggregate :- The aggregate shall conform to IS: 383. the coarse aggregate shall generally be of

the following sizes.

Base concrete - Graded from 40 mm and below.

Cement Concrete topping of - Graded from 16mm and

135


Thickness 40mm and above - below.

Cement concrete topping of - Graded from 12.5m and

Thickness 25mm - below.

Under layer of cement con - Graded form 12.5 mm and

Crete Topping in 2 layers - below.

The fine aggregate shall be either of grading zone 1 or 2 table 2, IS; 2571. Generally 90 % of the

aggregate shall pass thorough IS sieve

4.76mm.

Water :- Water shall be of potable quality.

Glass :- Glass strips used shall be 2mm thick and the depth shall be equal to the overall

thickness of the flooring.

Colour Pigment :- Pigments, synthetic or otherwise, used for coloring shall have permanent non-

fading colour, shall not contain matters deter mental to concrete. The pigment must be of

detrimental to concrete. The pigments must be of approved brand and tints shall be uniform.

14.4 Workmanship :-

14.4.1 Plain cement Concrete Flooring :-

Generally workmanship shall conform to IS 2571 code of practice for – laying in-situ concrete

floors. If the floor finish is to be laid over consolidated ground or a layer of hard core, cement

concrete of proportion 1:4:8 or 1:5:10 shall be poured as a base layer to the thickness indicated

on the drawings. In the case of structural slabs, the slab itself will form the required base.

The area requiring finish shall be divided into suitable panels so as to reduce the risk of cracking.

No dimension of a panel shall exceed 4min case of floor finish laid monolithically with base

concrete and 2m in case of floor finish laid separately on a hardened base length of a panel shall

not exceed 1 ½ its breadth.

Paneling shall be done by fixing timber or steel strips of depth equal to the combined thickness of

base concrete and topping. Before being fixed in position these strips shall be coated with a

thickness coat of time wash. Flooring shall be laid in alternative panels, the intermediate panels

being filled in after one of to days. However, if glass or aluminum strips are specified for

effective separation of panels, the base concrete and toping may be laid simultaneously in all the

panels.

Floor finish laid monolithically with base concrete :-

The sub base shall be properly wetted and divided into panels. The base concrete shall be poured

and tamped and screened to levels suitable to accommodate the topping and given the desired

slope. The surface shall be left rough to provide bond with the topping.

On the green surface of the base concrete topping shall be placed in position as soon as the base

has stiffened enough to allow workmen to tread over it by placing planks. The mix for the

topping shall be as shown in drawing and as stiff as possibly consistent with workability so as to

136


prevent accumulation of excess water on ???? should any water rise to surface during

compaction and screening, it shall be mopped up. The topping shall then the floated with the

wooden float to under the surface.

Floor finish laid separately on hardened concrete base.:-

The sub base shall be properly wetted and the base concrete laid, if possible over the whole area

at a stretch. The surface shall be left rough to provide adequate bond for the topping by wire

brushing two to three hours after its laying.

Before the topping is laid., the surface of the base shall be thoroughly cleaned of loose materials,

dirt and laitance by wire brushing. Where this is not possible, chipping or hacking shall be done.

The surface shall be soaked with water for 12 hours before laying the topping. The surplus water

shall be mopped up, cement slurry spread and then the concrete for the topping deposited in

suitably divided panels. The mix for the topping shall be as indicated in drawing and as stiff as

possible consistent with workability so as to prevent accumulation of excess water laitance. After

thorough consolidation the topping shall be struck off level and surface floated with a wooden

float. Is shall be tested with a straight edge and mason`s spirit level to detect any inequalities and

may undulations found shall be made good immediately.

14.5 Laying toppings in two layers. :-

Where it has been specified that the topping is to be laid in two layers to obtain very smooth and

dense finish, the base concrete and under-layer of topping shall be laid as above with the

exception that the surface of the finished smooth but left rough after tamping and leveling.

The top 15mm thick wearing of mix1:2 to 3 cement concrete of consistency stiffer than that of

under-layer of concrete shall then immediately laid over the rough but green surface of under-

layer and thoroughly temped, struck off level and the surface floated with the wooden float. The

surface shall then be tested with a straight edge and mason`s spirit level to detect any

undulations. If any these shall be made good and then the surface finished smooth as under.

14.6 Finishing the surfaces :

After the concrete has slightly hardened it shall be finished by trowelling or floating. Finishing

operations shall start shortly after the compaction of concrete and shall be spread over a period of one to

six hours depending upon temperature and atmospheric conditions. The surface shall be trowelled three

times at intervals so as to produce a uniform and hard surface. Immediately after laying only just

sufficient trowelling shall be done to give a level surface. Sometime after the first trowelling, the

duration being guided by temperature and rate of setting of cement, the surface shall be retrowelled to

close any pores in the surface and to draw out and mop up any excess water in concrete or laitance. The

final trowelling shall be done well before the concrete has become too hard but at such a time that

considerable pressure is required to make any impression on the surface. Trowelling of a dry cement mix

on the surface shall not be permitted.

14.7 Curing

137


As soon as the surface has hardened beyond damage, it shall be kept continually moist for at least

15 days by impounding water on it.

14.8 Polishing

The floor shall be polished with machine eight weeks after laying when the floor is sufficiently

matured by expert trained polishers. The floor shall than be sprinkled with zine or tin oxide and

rubbed hard with rags. The final polish shall be done with wax or with patent polish.

14.9 Coloured Cement Concrete Flooring

Where coloured finish is finish is indicated, the top shall be finished with coloured cement as

specified. If coloured cement is not available, the pigment shall be mixed in the proportion, one part of

pigment with three parts of cement.

The colouring material and cement shall first be mixed dry. Special attention shall be paid to the

mixing of colour, which should be screened twice with a final screen and again through final

muslin before use. All the colour required for one room shall be mixed in one lot. For red colour

the mixture shall consist of one part of iron oxide to three parts of cement. For green the colour

mixture shall consist of one part of chromium oxide to 3 parts of cement. After dry mixing, the

minimum quantity of water required for workability shall be added gradually until a paste of the

required consistency is obtained. Dry colour shall not be used to finish the surface of coloured

concrete floor. Coloured paste shall be applied with wooden floating boards and English trowels.

0.06 cu.m. of colour mixture shall be used for 10 sq.m. of surface.

Any cracks, ruts, disfiguration or discolouring of surface shall be made good without extra

charge. The finished portion of the floor shall be kept wet for at least 15 days.

Coloured concrete shall be polished with Nos. 1, 2 and 3 polishing stones. After rubbing with

these stones, the surface shall be sprinkled with zinc or tin oxide and rubbed hard with rags. The

final polish shall be done with wax or with patent polish. For light colours, celluloid trowels

made by fixing a sheet of celluloid on a wooden trowel may be used.

15.0 TERRAZZO FLOORING WITH TILES

15.1 General


15.2 Work Included

The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work


15.3 Materials

Plain or Coloured Terrazzo Cement Tiles : The tiles shall conform to IS : 1237. They shall be of

the type, quality, colour and size as indicated on the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities and

shall be approved Engineer / Architect. The distribution and size of marble chips shall be as

approved by the Engineer / Architect.

Ordinary Portland Cement, White or Coloured Cement

The cement shall conform to IS : 269

138


Sand : The sand shall be river sand or from approved pits and shall conform to IS : 383.

Aggregate : Aggregate used for mortar for fixing the tiles and in the backing layer of tiles shall

conform to IS : 383. For the wearing layer of tiles, unless otherwise specified, marble chips,

marble powder or a mixture of the two, shall be used.

Pigment : Pigments, synthetic or otherwise shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.

15.4 Preparatory Work

The delivery and storage of tiles shall be so arranged as to minimize handling. Adequate

precautions shall be taken to prevent accidental damage to tiles while unloading.

Clean dry storage space shall be provided at the site for all the materials. The tiles shall be

storage in a room or under such cover as will prevent exposure to damp, sun, rain, accidental

injury or staining.

15.5 Workmanship for laying concrete tiles

Generally workmanship for laying tiles shall conform to IS; 1444 – code of practice for laying

and finishing cement concrete flooring tiles.

Redding : The surface of the sub-floor shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, loose particles and

laitance (in case of cement slabs) by scrubbing with a wire brush. The surface shall then be

thoroughly cleaned and well wetted down without forming any water pools on the surface.

Screwed pads shall be set up to indicate required levels on the lean damp surface of the sub –

floor in this grout one at a time and gently tapped with a wooden malled to proper bedding and

level of the adjoining tiles. He joints between tiles shall be straight and shall not exceed 1.5mm in

width.

In area adjoining walls, the tiles shall project about 10mm in to the plaster, skirting or dado as the

case may be.

Polishing : After fixing of tiles the flooring shall be allowed to mature undisturbed for several

days. Then the floor shall be polished by machine using carborandum stones of he following grit

:

a) For leveling (where the tiles are supplied

underground ) - 24 to 60

b) For grinding (for removal of filling ) - 120 to 150

c) For final grinding - 220 to 350

sufficient quantity of water shall always be used when polishing with machine to prevent

scratching.

15.6 Skirting and Dado Work

Skirting and dado shall be fixed only after laying the tiles on the floor. Where tiles re to be fixed

on walls, the portion of the wall to be so tiled shall be left unflustered.

Before fixing tiles on brick or concrete wall, the wall surface shall first be wetted with clean

water. Thereafter it shall be evenly and uniformly covered with a coating of lime mortar about

20mm thick before the cushioning mortar has hardened, the back of each tiles to be fixed shall be

covered with a thin layer of neat cement paste and te tile shall be gently tapped against the wall

139


with a wooden mallet. The fixing shall be done from the bottom of the wall upwards. Each tile

shall be fixed as close as possible to the one adjoining, and any difference in the thickness of the

tiles shall be evened out in the cushioning mortar or cement paste so that all he tile faces are set

in conformity with one another.

Skirting and ado shall be ground and polished just as for floor work but by machine suitable for

he purpose. Skirting and dado may also be polished by hand by rubbing down with suitable

polishing stone evenly and without scratching the surface.

Upon completion of tiling work, it shall be thoroughly cleaned with water using a scrubbing

brush, coarse cloth or broom. Acids, harsh abrasive cleaning powders or steel wire shall not be

used under normal circumstances.

16.0 IN-SITU TERRAZZO FLOORING

16.1 General:

Application provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.

16.2 The contractor shall furnish labour, material, tools and plant so as to complete the work indicated


16.3 Materials

Cement : The cement shall be ordinary Portland conforming to IS : 269 or Portland blast furnace

slag cement conforming to IS :455.White cement of approved quality may be used for the

topping.

Sand : The sand shall be river sand or from approved pits and shall conform IS :383

Aggregate : The aggregates used in the topping shall be of marble aggregate unless otherwise

specified. The size shall be as approved in accordance with clause 5.2 of IS : 2114 – 1962.

Marble powder used in the topping shall pass through IS sieve 30. Aggregates for the under layer

and base concrete shall conform to IS: 383.

Pigments : Pigments to be incorporated shall be of permanent colour and shall conform to

Appendix A to IS : 2114.

Dividing Strips : Dividing strips shall be of Aluminium, glass or plastic of thickness not less than

1.5mm and width not less than 25mm.

Water : Water shall be of potable quality.

16.4 Mix Proportions and Thicknesses :

The base concrete when terrazzo finish is laid over ground shall be lean cement concrete mix

1:5:10 or lime concrete. The thickness of base concrete shall not be less than 100mm. The cushioning

layer, when terrazzo finish is laid over structural slab shall preferably be of lime concrete. The thickness

of cushioning layers shall not be less than 75mm.

140


The under layer shall be cement concrete of mix 1:2:4 and the maximum size of aggregate shall

not exceed 1mm. The mix for the topping shall have cement, marble powder and marble

aggregate and water in the proportion as specified in IS : 2114.

If coloured terrazzo finish is indicted, the proportions in which pigments are mixed with ordinary

Portland cement or white cement to obtain different colours shall be as specified in Table 1 of IS

: 2114. The complete quantities of cement and pigment required for one operation shall be mixed

at the beginning of work and stored properly to avoid variation in colour.

16.5 Workmanship :

The base concrete shall be finished to a reasonably true plain surface and to level which is lower

than the level of the finished floor by the depth specified for the thickness of the terrazzo

flooring. Any slope indicted for the finished floor shall be incorporated in this base course.

To prevent chances of cracking, the floor shall be divided into suitable panels, not exceeding 2

sq.m. in area. If dividing strips are indicated, these shall be fixed over the base concrete to the full

depth of he terrazzo finish.

The coloured cement shall be mixed thoroughly in the dry stage with marble powder. The binder

so obtained the chips in the required proportions shall then be mixed dry together. Water shall

then be added in a fine spray while the materials are worked t a consistency which is plastic but

does not flow. The mix shall be used in the work within half an hour of the addition of water.

The base over which flooring is to be laid shall be cleaned of all dirt, laitance and loose material

and then well wetted without forming any water pools on the surface. It shall then be smeared

with cement slurry and immediately thereafter the under layer shall be spread and leavelled with

a screeding board.

Terrazzo topping shall be laid while the underlayer is still plastic, about 20 hours after the

underlayer is laid. A cement slurry. Preferably of the same colour as he topping shall be brushed

on the surface immediately before laying is commenced. The terrazzo mix shall be placed on the

screed bed and compacted thoroughly by tamping and trowelled just sufficient to give a level

surface.

The surface shall then be rammed in order to consolidate the terrazzo, preferably with a piece of

smooth marble stone of size 15cm x 2.5cm. This may be followed by trowelling. In trowelling

pressure rather than rotary action shall be used to achieve a smooth surface.

16.6 Curing

The surface shall be left dry for air – curing for a duration of 12 to 18 hours depending upon

temperature conditions. It shall then be cured by impounding water for at least four days.

16.7 Grinding

Four days shall be allowed to lapse after completion of laying for grinding to commence

manually. If machine grinding is specified this period shall be seven day. The first grinding shall be done

with carborandum stone of 60 grit size. The surface shall then be washed clean and grouted with neat

cement grout of cream like consistency. It shall then be allowed to dry for 24 hours and wet cured for

four days again. The second grinding shall be done with 80 grit stone. After another surface grouting, a

141


third grinding with 120 to 150 grit size stone shall be done. The surface shall then be washed clean,

allowed to dry for 12 hours and wet cured again for four days. After a last grinding with carborandum

stone of 320 to 400 grit size, the surface shall be washed clean and rubbed hard with felt and slightly

moistened oxalic acid powder.

16.8 Terrazzo skirting and dados

For terrazzo finish on vertical surface the underlayer shall consist of a layer of stiff cement sand

mortar 1:3 finished rough to provide keying.

The combined thickness of underlayer and terrazzo shall not be less than 20mm and the terrazzo

topping shall not be less than 6mm.

Other details shall be the same as for in-situ terrazzo flooring except that grinding shall be

manual.

17.0 PVC AND VINYL ASBESTOS FLOORING

17.1 General


17.2 Work Included

The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and appliances so as to complete the work


17.3 Materials

PVC (VINYL) asbestos tiles :- shall be plain or mottled, 300mm, or 450mm square, 3m thick

smooth surfaced, homogeneous tiles conforming to IS : 3461. It shall be of a nonfadeable,

uniform colour indicated on drawings and shall comply with all the relevant requirements

associated with tests specified in IS : 3464 “Methods of test for plastic flooring and wall tiles”.

PVC sheeting and tiles :- shall be homogenous, flexible material of he size specified in the

drawing or Bill of Quantities. It may have a backing of hessain, conforming to IS : 2818,or other

woven fabric. The thickness shall be 3mm ordinarily and 4mm when a backing is provided.

All characteristics of the material shall conform to IS : 3462 when tested in accordance to IS :

3464.

Underlay :- Shall be in situ trowelled screeding to the sub –floor.

Adhesives :- Shall of approved make and shall conform recommendations of the flooring

manufacturer. Generally rubber based adhesives shall be used.

17.4 Sampling

The contractor shall submit to the Engineer/ Architect samples of flooring he proposes to use and

all materials in corporated in he work shall be similar to the sample approved by the Engineer

/Architect.

17.5 Workmanship

142


Workmanship shall generally comply with IS : 5318.

17.5.1 Preparation of the sub – floors

Concrete sub – floors shall be laid in two layers with an effective damp – proof course located

in between. The top of the lower layer shall be finished smooth and when set and sufficiently hard,

painted with two costs of bitumen conforming to IS : 1580 applied at the rate of 1.5 kg/M2. Alternatively

bitumen felt made to IS : 1322 shall be sandwiched between the two layers. The sub-floor concrete shall

be finished using a powder float.

Six weeks time shall be allowed for the water to dry completely form the concrete floor. Then if

power floating has not already been adopted, the finish required for laying PVC flooring shall be

producted with a trowel on a screed applied to the sub-floor concrete.

For old concrete surfaces cleaning and de-greasing shall suffice if the existing floor is even. If

unevenness exists, the surface shall be scrapped free of all foreign materials, swept clean and wetted for

24 hours by sprinkling water. Then screen topping of 3mm thickness shall be provided over the concrete.

17.5.2 Setting out

The surface to be floored shall be cleaned with a dry cloth and checked for sufficient dryness in

consonance with Appendix a of IS : 5318. The flooring shall not be laid under high humidity

conditions (70%) as this affects the adhesive strength.

The tiles shall be spread on the floor, without any adhesive, from the centre of he room

towards the walls or as specified by the Architect, while placing the tiles, the sides of each tile shall be

cut and finished as necessary to make a uniform setting. The alignment shall be checked after setting out

each row. Cut pieces of tiles, if necessary, shall be set along the walls.

17.5.3 Fixing

The adhesive shall be applied according to the recommendation of the manufacturer. It

shall be applied uniformly on the back of tiles as well as on the floor. After application sufficient time

(about half an hour ) shall be allowed for he adhesive to become tacky but not mark the fingers.

The tile shall then be in position on the floor along one edge and rolled out to remove any

entrapped air bubbles. After laying all the tiles, a 5 kg. Wooden roller shall be used to ensure full

contact between tiles and the underlay. Work shall be constantly checked against guidelines to

ensue that all the four edges of adjacent tiles meet accurately.

Any adhesive that may squeeze up between the tiles shall be removed with a wet cloth before it

harness. Hardened adhesive shall be removed with a solvent consisting of one part of commercial

butyl acetate and three parts of turpentine oil.

143


The floor shall not be out to service within 24 hours of laying. After the tiles are fully bonded,

they shall be cleaned with wet cloth soaked in warm soap solution (two spoons of soap in 5 liters

of warm water).

18.0 GRANOLITHIC FINISH AND FLOOR HARDENER FINISH

18.1 General

Applicable provisions of Conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.

18.2 Work Included

The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work as


18.3 Materials

Cement : Cement shall conform to IS : 269 or IS : 455

or IS : 1489

Aggregates : It shall be approved granite, basalt, trap or

quartzite chippings and the grading shall conform to Table

1 of IS : 5491.

Sand : The sand shall be approved river sand and

shall conform to IS : 383 The grading shall conform to

Table 2of IS : 5491.

Water : Water shall be of potable quality.

Floor Hardner : It shall be of best quality and of approved make. The

thickness of mix with floor hardner shall be of 20mm or as

shown in the drawings of Bill of Quantities.

18.4 Proportion of Mix

The proportion of mix for granolithic flooring shall be 1 part of cement, 1 part of san and 2 parts

of granite chippings.

18.5 Workmanship

The floor topping shall be laid in suitable panels. While laying the topping on structural slab

monolithically, no dimension of panel shall exceed 4mand when the topping is laid on hardened

base, no dimension shall exceed 2m. In case of the ground floor the dimensions of the topping

panels shall match those of the base concrete : length of panel shall into exceed one and a half

time its breadth.

18.5.1 Laying granolithic topping monolithically with the base concrete

The topping shall be laid within two to thee hours of laying he base concrete. At the time of

laying the topping he base shall be still green but sufficiently firm to enable the workman to work

over it by placing planks on the surface. The topping shall be laid in suitable panels ad

144


thoroughly compacted to the finished thickness. The surface shall be checked for undulation and

made even using wooden floats. When the surface has slightly hardened, it shall be finished

smooth.

18.5.2 Laying topping on hardened base and hardened structural slab.

The base concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, loose particles etc. and

roughened by chipping or hacking at close interval. The surface shall then be soaked in water for several

hours and the excess water removed by mopping immediately before laying the topping. Neat cement

slurry shall be brushed on the prepared surface of the base concrete and the topping laid in suitable

panels as described in clause 18.5.1.

19.0 TIMBER DOORS, WINDOWS, WOODWORK AND JOINERY

19.1 General


19.2 Work included

The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant to complete the work indicated or


19.3 Materials

Timber : Unless otherwise specified, all timber used in the work shall be as specified in IS : 1003

and shall be of Class I, Grade I only.

Plywood :- Plywood where specified for use in the work shall be of the type indicated in the Bill

of Quantities or the drawings and shall conform to IS : 303.

Flush Door Shutters :- Unless otherwise specified, flush door shutters shall be manufactured in

accordance with IS : 2202 and thickness and type as indicated in the drawings or in the Bill of

Quantities. They shall be solid core as indicated on the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities.

Hold Fasts :- Unless otherwise specified, hold fasts shall be made of 40mm x 6mm MS flats 225

m long with a right angle bend at the frame end and 50mm split end at the other.

Builder’s Hardware :- Various articles of hardware shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.

All articles shall be of the quality of samples approved by the Engineer / Architect.

19.4 Workmanship, Dimensions, Tolerance and Finish :

Unless otherwise specified, construction and workmanship, tolerance, finish and inspection and

test for all doors and windows and ventilators and any other woodwork shall be as specified in IS

: 1003.

Timber used shall be free from sapwood, flaws, shakes or cracks and shall have prior approval of

the Engineer/Architect. All pieces after being finished shall hold their full figured dimensions

without patching or plugging of any kind.

145


Timber buried in ground and the portions of woodwork embedded in or resting on walls shall be

treated with boiling coal tar or other approved protective materials. All steel works embedded in

lime masonry or exposed shall be suitably protected against rust.

All Wood work must be inspected and certified before being put into place. In no case shall the

wood work be painted or otherwise treated before it is inspected.

19.0 TIMBER DOORS, WINDOWS, WOOD WORK AND JOURNEY

19.1 General


19.2 Work included

The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant to complete he work indicated or


19.3 Materials

Timber :- Unless otherwise specified, all timber used in the work shall be as specified in

IS:1003 and shall be of Class I, Grade I only.

Plywood :- Plywood where specified for use in the work shall be of the type indicated in the Bill

of Quantities of the drawings and shall conform to IS:303.

Flush Door shutters :- Unless otherwise specified, flush door sputters shall be manufactures in

accordance with IS: 2202 and of thickness and type as indicated in the drawings or in the Bill of

Quantities. They shall be solid core as indicated on the drawings or in the bill of Quantities.

Hold Fasts :- Unless otherwise specified, hold fasts shall be made of 400mm x 6mm MS flats

225mm long with a right angle bend at the frame end and 50mm split end at the other.

Builder’s Hardware :- Various articles of hardware shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.

All articles shall be of the quality of samples approved by the Engineer/Architect.

19.4 Workmanship, Dimensions, Tolerance and Finish

Unless otherwise specified, construction and workmanship, tolerance, finish and inspection and

test for all doors and windows and ventilators and any other woodwork shall be as specified in

IS:1003.

Timber used shall be free from sapwood, flaws, shakes or cracks and shall have prior approval of

the Engineer/Architect. All pieces after being finished shall held their full figured dimensions

without patching or plugging of any kind.

Timber buried in ground and the portions of woodwork embedded in or resting on walls shall be

treated with boiling coal tar or other approved protective materials. All steel works embedded in

lime masonry or exposed shall be suitably protected against rust.

All wood work must be inspected and certified before being put into place. In no case shall the

wood work be painted or otherwise treated before it otherwise treated before it is inspected.

All wood work in building shall, after it has been certified, be treated with a priming coat of

approved pint before being fitted in position. The succeeding coats of paint or other finish shall

be applied after the wood work is fixed in position.

146


All joints and framing shall be made and fitted in an appropriate manner in position to hold

surface, lines and levels correctly and in accordance with the drawings. All joints shall fit fully

and truly without wedging or filling. The finished work shall be flat plumb and true to shape.

All joiner’s work shall be wrought (planned) perfectly smooth and true and the finished

job shall not bear any sign of guage or setting out markings and shall be perfectly clean. Unexposed

faces need not be wrought, unless specified otherwise. Where so ordered by the Engineer / Architect, but

joints shall be cross tongued, i.e. the tongues to be cut at right angles or diagonally to the grain of wood.

All moldings shall be properly met. Steel bold fast shall be fixed to the frames with suitable screws

before the frames and erected in position.

Battened, Ledged and Braced Shutters :

Battens shall be not more than 150m in width and shall be put together by tongued and grooved

joints. Each batten except the edge battens shall be nailed to ledges and the nails clenched. The

crossing of batten with ledges and the nails clenched. The length of nails shall be about 6mm

more than the combined thickness of ledges and battens. The edge battens shall be fixed to the

ledges by two W.I. screws in lieu of nails, braces shall run upward from the hinged side. The

edges of braces and ledges shall be chamfered and the ends of braces bird – mouthed in to the

ledges.

If after finishing and erection of wood work any undue shrinkage, cracks, or bad workmanship is

found, the Contractor shall remove the same and supply better approved materials at his own

cost. All shavings, cuttings and other rubbish shall be cleared away as the work progresses and all

precautions taken against fire.

Fixing Builder’s Hardware :

All builder’s hardware shall be fixed to wood work in secure and efficient manner. Special

attention shall be paid to the sizes of screws in countersunk holes to ensure that the head of screw

does not protrude. Location of fittings and accessories shall be as specified in IS : 1003, unless

directed otherwise by the Engineer /Architect.

Metal sockets shall be provided to all tower, barrel and drop bolts where the shoots enter

masonry, stone masonry or concrete. These shall be securely fixed flush with the surface into

mortices and cemented. Mortice plates shall be used over holes in wood work. All locks, bolts,

springs and other moving parts shall be properly oiled by the Contractor before handing over the

charge of the building.

20.0 METAL DOORS, WINDOWS & MISCELLANEOUS STEEL WORK

20.1 General

Applicable provision of conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.

20.2 Work Included

The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, plat and tolls so as to complete the work indicated

of specified herein or both.

147


20.3 Materials

Steel windows for industrial buildings shall conform to IS : 1361 unless otherwise specified and

shall be of the type and size shown on the drawings.

External doors shall be provided with threshold as shown in IS : 1081 if required by the Architect

and the doors required for internal use shall be provided with an approved size base tie-bar in lieu

of threshold.

Unless otherwise specified, coupling sections shall be of mild steel and handles, peg stays and

pivots of center hug ventilators shall be of leaded tin bronze (gun metal). Hinges for side hung

shutters shall be of projecting non-friction type, unless otherwise specified. Weather bars shall

not be provided unless specifically indicated on the drawings. The type, size, number and

position of fixing lugs shall conform to IS : 1038. The steel doors shall be painted with one coat

of red oxide paint conforming to IS : 102 before they are supplied. Glazing clips shall be

provided where plain sizes exceed 600mm x 300mm and shall be of shape shown in IS : 1038.

The glazing putty shall conform to IS : 419.

The glass shall weigh 7.5 kg per sq.m. and shall conform to IS : 1038 unless specified otherwise.

The grill work shall consist of MS flats, squares, rounds and angles as indicated on the drawings.

20.4 Workmanship

Steel doors, windows and ventilators shall be fixed plumb in line and level. Fixing and

glazing of metal doors, windows and ventilators shall be in accordance with IS : 1081. The Contractor

shall include in his rates for all breakages.

20.5 Rolling Shutter (hand operated, mechanical gear operator and electrically operated)

Rolling shutters shall be fabricated from 18 guage steel and machine rolled with 75mm rolling

centers with effective bridge depth of 12mm 1a the sections, interlocked with each other and ends

loced with malleable cast iron chips to IS : 227, Gr, II.

The guides shall be either rolled or pressed deep channel sections 75mm and 25mm wide fitted

with necessary fittings and fixtures.

The suspension shaft shall be formed from solid drawn seamless tubes 60mm O. D. in 3 segments

coupled with 2 pairs C. I. Dog riled flange couplings forming one complete until restricting

deflection in the center to a minimum.

The springs shall be approved high tensils flat springs 50/60mm. Width and 1.6/8mm thickness

hardened and tempered. These shall be fitted inside the fabricated housing of either ends which

counter balance the shutter curtain.

The ball bearings shall be double row self – aligning ball bearings fitted inside C. I. Housing

fixed on side brackets holding the suspension shaft at either end.

The suspension of the curtain shall be bolted on specially fabricated cages formed from M.S. flats

ad plates all are-welded.

148


The hood cover shall be made of 20 guage galvanized sheets with necessary stiffeners and

framework to prevent sag. The bottom lock plate shall be made of 3mm thick M.S. plate and

95mm wide reinforced with angle/T iron of suitable section with 6mm dia M.S. rivets interlocked

with last stride of curtain.

The locking arrangement shall consist of hasp and staple on the bottom plate lockable from both

sides. Unless otherwise specified, for overall area of rolling setters up to 9 sq. m. full and push

type hand – operated shutters shall be used: for area between 9 and 12 sq.m. pull and push type

shutters shall be provided with ball bearings: for area larger than 12 sq. mechanical gear type or

electrically operated shutters shall be supplied.

20.6 Steel Grills

The grills for windows, verandhas, balconies etc. shall be of mild steel. The design of grills and

shapes and sizes of various components shall be according to he drawings. The edges, angles and

corners shall be clan and true to shape. The joints shall be mechanically interlocked and

overlapping and neatly spot welded in such away that the grill is rigid.

Where moulded grills are specified, the moulded work shall be according to the drawings and

shall have clear, straight and sharply defined profile.

The Contractor shall do necessary cutting, fitting, drilling, tapping, scribing etc. required to fix

grills to adjacent surfaces. The grills shall be fixed plumb, in line and level.

Unless otherwise specified grill shall be painted with one coat of red oxide paint conforming to

IS : 102 before they are fixed.

20.7 Collapsible Gates

Collapsible gates shall be of the size and type shown on the drawings. The gates shall,

unless specified in the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities be manufactured out of M.S. Channel pickets

of size 20mm and flats 20mm x 6mm. The top runner flat shall be at least 50mm x 12mm, in section. The

bottom guide shall consist of a channel or two angles of specified size laid in the flooring to guide the

free movement of the gate. The gate shall move in the guide channel or rollers of adequate size fixed at

the top and bottom of the gate as specified. The gate shall be painted with one coat of red oxide paint

conforming to IS : 102 before fixing in position.

20.8 Subsidiary Gates

The subsidiary gates, unless otherwise specified, shall be made of “A” Grade pipe of 38mm

nominal bore and weld mesh fabric 3mm at 50 mm. Centers both ways as indicated on the

drawings and shall be fully welded. The corners shall be square. The gate shall be additionally

reinforced with flats as shown in the drawing.

20.9 Wire Fencing

Fencing shall of the type specified in the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities.

Unless specified otherwise, plain fencing wire shall be ply, 14 gage (galvanized ). The barbed

fencing wire shall consist of 2 ply, 12 gage galvanized wire with 4 point thick set barbs at 75mm

Centres. The wires shall be spaced as shown in the drawings.

149


Fencing posts shall be either of M.S. or reinforced concrete or timber as indicated in the

Bill of Quantities or in he drawings. The post shall be fixed in position in a concrete block of the size and

depth indicated in the drawing. Corner posts shall be suitably strengthened by structs or ties to resist the

forces acting on them.

Wire shall be fully stretched and securely tied to the posts in the manner shown on the drawings.

The fixing shall be done in a workman like manner without leaving any kinds etc. The wires shall

be held tight in position by eye bolts etc.

All steel work shall receive one coat of red oxide zinc chromate paint. Wooden posts shall be

treated with approved fungus resisting paint before fixing. Concrete posts shall be painted with

two coats of cement wash.

20.10 Weldmesh and Expanded Metal Partition

The partitions shall be of the type shown in drawing or in the Bill of Quantities, Weldmesh shall

be of make approved by the Engineer /Architect. Expanded metal shall conform to IS : 412. The

framing shall be of M.S. angles o tees as shown in drawing with additional stiffening by M.S.

flats. The frame shall be of fully welded construction. The connection of he weldmesh or

expanded metal to the frame shall be as shown in drawing.

21.0 PLASTERING (ONE AND TWO OPERATION )

21.1 General


21.2 Work Included

The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work


21.3 Materials

Cement : Cement shall conform to IS : 269.

Sand : Sand shall conform to IS : 1542.

21.4 Workmanship

Unless otherwise specified , all plaster work shall be carried out according to IS : 1661. The

thickness and proportion of cement plaster shall be as shown in drawing or indicated in Bill of

Quantities.

The surface to be plastered shall be cleaned of all extraneous mater and rubbish. In brick work he

joints shall be raked and concrete surface roughened by chipping or backing. Any shuttering

material adhering to the concrete shall be removed. The contractor shall make plaster pads of the

required thickness of plaster for correctness of plumb, line and level. The surface shall be

thoroughly watered and soaked and aerated and all putlog holes shall be closed before starting

plastering operation.

150


For one coat of plasterwork, the plaster shall be laid slightly thicker than the specified thickness

and the surface then leveled with flat wooden rule to the required thickness. The plaster shall be

well pressed into the joints and the surface finished as specified.

Where two coat plaster work is specified, the first coat shall be applied as described above except

that the surface shall be left rough and keys formed for the application of second coat. The

second coat shall correct or mortar ground very fine and shall be laid on with a wooden rule to a

specified thickness, rubbed smooth and leveled and the surface plastered completely the same

day. The leveling shall be continued till the plaster is quite dry and all moisture which exudes

from the plaster shall be wiped off with fine cloth. The surface shall be kept dry until exudation

of moisture cesses, during th processor of rubbing.

21.5 Curing

After the completion of the work, the plaster shall be cured by adequate watering for a

period of seven days.

22. PLASTERING (ROUGH CAST FINISH)

22.1 General


22.2 Work Included

The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work


22.3 Materials

Cement : Cement shall conform to IS : 269

Sand : Sand shall conform to IS : 1542.

Shingle or crushed stone : Size of shingle or crushed stone shall not exceed 10mm in size and

shall be of approved quality.

22.4 Proportion

The first coat shall consist of 1 part of cement and 4 parts of sand unless otherwise specified.

The proportion of 2nd

coat (rough cast finish) shall be 3 parts of cement, 6 parts of fine sand and 4

parts of shingle or crushed stone not exceeding 10mm. Size unless otherwise specified.

22.5 Workmanship

The workmanship shall conform to 2 coat plaster as indicated in IS : 1661 and surface

preparation shall be as specified under Section 21.

The first coat shall be dashed on to the prepared surface with a trowel to fill up all unevenness in

the surface, but the surface shall not be smoothened and the surface shall be left rough. A wet

plastic mix of second coat as specified above shall be thrown on the first coat by means of a

scoop or plasterer’s trowel while the first coat is still soft. The thickness of the second coat shall

not exceed 120mm.

22.6 Curing

151


The plaster shall be cured by adequate watering for a period of seven (7) days.

23.0 PLASTERING (PEBBLE DASH)

23.1 General


23.2 Work Included

The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work


23.3 Materials

Cement : Cement shall conform to IS : 269.

Sand : Sand shall conform to IS: 1542.

Shingle : Single used for pebble –dash finish shall be from natural deposits and hill streams and

it shall be coarse rounded or waterworn stones. It shall have no injurious action when it comes in

contact with cement. It shall not exceed 10mm in size.

Lime : Lime used shall conform to IS : 712 and IS : 1635

23.4 Proportion :

The first coat of plaster shall consist of 1part of cement and 5 parts of sand unless

otherwise specified.

The second coat upon which single is thrown (i.e. pebble – dash finish) shall consist of 1 part of

cement, 1 part of lime and 5 parts of sand unless otherwise specified. The second Coat shall not

exceed 10mm in thickness.

23.5 Workmanship

The workmanship shall conform to 2 coat plaster as indicated in IS : 1651 and the surface

preparation shall be as specified under Section 21.

The first coat of plaster shall be dashed on to the prepared surface to the specified thickness with

a trowel to fill up all unevenness in the surface, but the surface shall not be smoothened with

lime. The first coat shall be allowed to dry and shrink properly before the second coat is applied.

A wet plastic mix of second coat as specified above shall be applied upon which selected shingle

which has been well washed shall be thrown while it is still soft.

23.6 Curing :

The plaster shall be cured by adequate watering for a period of seven (7) days.

24.0 LIME PUNNING

24.1 General

Application provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.

24.2 Work Included

152


The contractor shall furnish labour, material, tools and plant so as to complete the work indicated


24.3 Materials

Sand : Sand shall conform to IS 1542.

Lime : Lime shall conform to IS 712 and slaking of lime shall be done in accordance with IS :

1635.

24.4 Proportion

The proportion of lime punning coat shall be 1 part of lime and 1 part of fine sand unless


24.5 Mixing

One part of slaked stone lime and one part of shell lime shall be mixed and tempered by keeping

it under water for at least a week before use. Water shall then he drained off from the top leaving

a paste of lime. The paste shall be well starred to form a homogeny mass and strained through

clean cloth. Lime prepared and fine sand shall be thoroughly mixed in the proportion specified

and water shall be added to make a paste of desired consistency.

24.6 Workmanship

The pastern shall be allowed to dry before he lime putting is applied. The lime plaster

(putty) prepared as above, shall be laid and rubbed and finely trowelled to a fine uniform smooth finish.

All unevenness shall be rubbed down with fine sand paper. Punning shall be done from top to bottom in

one operation to elimination joint marks.

24.7 Curing

The lime punned surface shall be cured by adequate watering for 3 period of seven (7) days.

25.0 WHITE WASHING, COLOUR WASHING AND DISTEMPERING

25.1 General


25.2 Work Included


specified herein of both.

25.3 Materials

Lime : White wash shall be prepared from shell lime and fat lime unless otherwise specified and

shell lime shall conform to IS : 712 and IS : 1635. Stacked lime for white wash shall be screened

to pass through a sieve of 49 mashes per Sq.cm.

Colour : Colour used for colour wash shall be as specified or as indicated on the drawings.

Distemper : The type of distemper, its colour and make and brand and number of coats to be

applied shall be as indicated on the drawings or in the Bill or Quantities and shall conform to IS

:427 and IS: 429.

153


Gum and Blue Pigment : They shall be of best quality and approved make.

25.4 Mixing

The slaked lime shall be dissolved in a tub with sufficient quantity of water and shall be

well mixed to give a thin creamy consistency. It shall then be strained through a clean coarse cloth and

clean gum dissolved in hot water added to it at the rate of 2 Kg for each cubic meter of lime and

ultramarine blue added to the mixture in small proportion just sufficient to give a very light bluish tint.

Colour wash shall be prepared in the same way as for white washing except that necessary

amount of colouring matter shall be added to lime wash to obtain the colour specified. No. blue

shall be added to lime wash in this case. The entire quantity shall be mixed strictly in accordance

with the manufacture’s instructions unless these are varied by the Engineer /Architect.

Distemper shall not be mixed in a larger quantity than is actually required fo a day’s work and

hot water shall be used in preparing the mixture.

25.5 Preparation of Surface

Before white wash is laid on new wall, the surface of wall shall be well cleaned and brushed ad

all patching must be scraped properly. After cleaning the surface, all holes, cracks and patches

shall be made good with approved materials.

The distemper shall not be approved shall be applied in dry weather, the surface to the

distempered shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, dirt, grease, oil marks, cement marks, loose

scales etc. and rubbed with sand paper to give a uniform smooth surface.

25.6 Workmanship

White wash shall be applied with brush, each coat consisting of vertical stroke from top

downwards followed by opposite stroke unwards over the first stroke and horizontal stroke from left to

right followed by stroke right to left. Each coat must be allowed to dry before the next coat is applied.

On completion, the surface when dry, shall present a uniform white appearance. When dry, no coat of

white wash shall show any patches, hair cracks or streaks nor shall it come off when rubbed with hands.

While washing shall be done in 3 coats unless otherwise specified. Doors, windows, floors etc. must be

protected from white wash splashes. Any splashes and droppings shall be removed and cleaned.

Colour wash shall be applied in the same manner as specified for white wash. During application,

the solution shall be stirred continuously and wash shall be applied with care to avoid any cut

shade or brush marks on the walls when the work is complete. For all new work, the surface to be

colour washed shall first be treated with a priming coat of lime wash. Unless otherwise specified,

two coats of white wash shall first be applied before colour wash is applied. Number of coats of

colour wash shall be as specified in the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities. The colour wash,

whether applied inside or outside of a building shall be of uniform tint and shade.

The workmanship for distempering shall conform to IS : 427 and IS : 429 unless specified

otherwise. Distempering shall be done with proper distemper brushes of approved quality. The

154


finished surface shall be of absolutely uniform shade throughout and free from brush marks. On

drying, the distemper shall not come off on touch and shall not crack. Distemper shall be applied

in two coats over one coat of priming. The priming coat shall be as specified and the primer shall

be in accordance with the recommendation of he manufacturer. Succeeding coats shall not be

applied until the previous coat has been approved by he Engineer / Architect. The first coat shall

always be of a lighter tint and shall be applied with care. In case the finish be not up to the

standards the entire surface shall be sand papered and a fresh coat or coats of distemper shall be

applied without any extra cost.

All decorative mouldings, cornices, bands etc. shall be finished according to detailed drawings.

All splashes of distemper shall be removed by the Contractor at his own cost.

26.0 PAINTING

26.1 General

Applicable provision of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.

26.2 Work Included

Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish materials, labour, tools and plant

to complete the painting work specified.

The Contractor shall carry out complete painting and finishing of wood as well as metal (either

unfinished or coated with a priming coat) throughout the exterior or interior of the Buildings

unless otherwise stated.

26.3 Materials

The painting and finishing materials for use in the work shall conform to relevant Indian

Standards Specifications and shall be of best brands and approved make produced for each kind

of work. Ready mixed paints shall be used for the work unless otherwise specified; or if he

Engineer / Architect is satisfied that they are not available they may be prepared at site.

If paints mixed at site are to be used, they shall be prepared by mixing appropriate ingredients in

approved proportion. The contractor shall submit samples of each material, for the Engineer /

Architects approval. The Contractor shall not construe approval of samples as acceptance of

materials, as these materials shall be tested from time to time during he progress of the work.

The materials for succeeding coats on any one surface shall be products of the same manufacturer

supplying the first coat for that particular surface.

Pigments : All colours shall be non-fading pigments of approved make.

Primer Coat : Unless otherwise specified, the primer coat for woodwork, steel and iron work

shall be as indicated in the Bill of Quantities.

Brushes :- Paint shall be applied by brushes. Brushes required for painting shall be of type and

size suitable for the work conforming to relevant Indian Standard specifications. Rags, interior

quality brushes or the like shall not be used on the work.

26.4 Workmanship :-

155


Preparation of Paint :-

Where ready mixed paints are not available and if oil based paints are prepared at site, the ingredients

shall be thoroughly ground and thinned with double boiled linseed oil in specified proportion to the

required consistency. The painting materials, when applied, shall be spread evenly in a thin coat and

flow on smoothly without runs and sags and shall dry quickly forming a tough durable film without

showing any brush marks or cracks.

The coloring pigment shall be thoroughly ground, mixed with oil and added to the prepared base.

The mixture shall be well stunned and strained thorough a piece f cloth.

Preparation of the surface :- The surface of iron and work to be painted shall be cleaned free and

dint, oil, rust, millscale, and shall be thoroughly dried before painting. Cleaning, removal of

grease rust and scales wherever necessary shall be carried out at specified in IS : 1477 (Part I)

The surface of wood work to be painted shall be cleaned and rendered dry, free of dirt, grit and

grease and shall be rubbed smooth with the appropriate quality of sand paper. All knots pitch

streaks and sappy spots shall be touched with shellac varnish.

Painting Iron and Steel Work. :- Painting of iron and steel work shall generally be carried out as

per IS : 1477 (Part II)

The number of coats including the primer coat shall be applied as specified in the bill of quantities. Each

coat shall be allowed to dry sufficiently before the succeeding coat is applied.

Finish Coat :-

The type of intermediate and finish coat and the number of coats to be applied shall be specified

in the bill of quantities. Intermediate and finish coats may be oil bound. Bituminous, aluminum or

other types of paints. Aluminum paint shall conform to IS 165. the intermediate and finish coats

or structural steel work, sheet metal work and cast iron work shall be applied as specified in IS :

1477 (Part II).

Painting Wood Work :-

After the primer coat has dried, nail holes, cracks and the like shall be filled up with approved wood

putty and the surface finished smooth.

The type of intermediate and finish coats and the number of coats shall be as specified in the bill

of quantities. The surface shall be rubbed smooth before application of each coat.

Iron work under Water:-

Approved anti-corrosive black enamel paint shall be used for iron works in water such as cast

irons pipes etc., coal tar paint may also be used with the approval of the Engineer / Architect.

Painting Steel Tanks. :-

Unless otherwise specified steel tanks for the storage of water shall be painted with approved

paint before erecting them in position.

156


27.0 GLAZING:-

27.1 General :-

Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section


The Contractor shall furnish labour, material, plant and tools to complete the work indicated or


27.3 Materials :-

Sheet Glass :- All glass used in the work shall be best quality glass, free from specks, bubbles

smokes, wanes, air holes and other defects. Unless otherwise specified, sheet glass shall be

transparent and of weight as indicated in bill of quantities and / or Drawings.

Plate Glass :- where plate glass is specified for the work, it shall be specified

Thickness, with a permissible tolerance of 0.5 to 0.80 mm for polished plate glass. The

transparent type glass shall have polished surface giving clear and non-distorted vision.

Rough Cast wired glass. :- The rough cast wired glass shall be 6mm thick and as approved by the

Engineer/Architect.

Putty :- Putty for use on wooden frames shall conform to IS : 420

Mastic :- the mastic shall be as approved by the Engineer / architect.

27.4 Workmanship :-

All glass shall be cut according to the sizes required as per drawings. Glazing of metal doors,

windows and ventilators shall conform to IS : 1081 and glazing for timber doors, windows and

ventilators shall conform to IS 1003 unless otherwise specified.

For glazed wooden doors and windows, the wooden frame, particulars the rebate, shall be well

oiled to prevent oil form putty being sucked by wood.

The glazing shall be done with specified glaxzing putty and clips. The methos of glazing in each

case shall be according to the details shown on the drawings.

The contractor shall thoroughly clean all glass and replace all putty or glass damaged during the

work.

28.0 VARNISHING & POLISHING :-

28.1 General :-

Application provision of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.


The Contractor shall furnish materials, labour, tools, and plant to complete the work indicated or


28.3 Materials :-

Ready prepared varnish shall conform to the relevant Indian Standard specification of varnishes

and shall be of approved make.

157


Ready prepared French polish conforming to IS : 348 shall be sued for te work.

If the Engineer/Architect is satisfied that ready prepared varnished or polish are not available

only approved ingredients shall be used for its preparations at site. The Proportions of the

materials for the preparations of varnishes at site shall be as follows.

a) For resin Varnish - Resin : Linseed Oil : Spirits

of Turpentine : 2:2:1

b) For Copal Varnish - Copal : Linseed Oil : Oil

of Turpentine 3:2:5

28.4 Workmanship :-

Preparation of surface the wood work surface to be varnish shall be thoroughly cleaned and

rubbed smooth sand paper or pumice stone, the rubbing shall not be done across the grain. All

knots in wood work shall be covered or Killed. The surface of wood shall be then be steeped with

hot diluted glue (about 1 lg. Of glue will produce 10 litres) so as to close up the faces. When dry,

the surface shall again be rubbed with sand paper lightly before varnish is applied.

Wood work is to be polished shall be coated first with a filler composed of about 1.5 kg. Of

whiting mixed in 1 liter of methylate spirit. The surface shall then rubbed sand paper.

Varnishing and Polishing :- Varnishing shall preferably be done in a dry weather. After the

surface is steeped and sand fine haired or approved varnishing evenly in very thin coats with

paint brushes. Successive coats shall be applied after the previous coats are thoroughly dry.

Where additional coats are rubbed down, with fine sand paper before application of the

succeeding coat.

Polish shall be applied on the prepared surface with a pad consisting of absorbent cotton wool

inside a clean white cloth. Polish shall be applied in the number or coats specified and the

surface shall be rubbed with fine sand paper after each coat except the finish coat. Care shall be

taken to renew the cloth should it now signs of warning or else the cotton will stock to the

surface. After the final coat of polish, the surface shall present the desire and finish.

29. WATERPROOFING WITH BITUMEN FELTS

29.1 General


29.2 Work Included



29.3 Materials

The Materials used for waterproofing with bitumen felts shall be of approved make and type and

as indicated in the bill of Quantities.

Bitumen Material :- It shall consist of blown type bitumen conforming to IS:702 on residual

bitumen conforming to IS: 73 or a mixture thereof.

158


29.4 Waterproofing Roof Surface

The roof slab shall be cleaned of all dust, dirt , grit etc. and it rough it shall be made reasonably

smooth either by chipping off projections or by applying a thin coat of cement slurry of cement

sand and water.

The roof surface shall be regarded prior to waterproofing either with cement mortar or lime-

surkhi mortar. At the places of drain outlets, projecting pipes, parapet walls and expansion joint

etc. The surface shall be prepared as indicated in IS: 1346.

The workmanship in general shall conform to IS: 1346, unless otherwise specified. Over the

hardened and finished surface of the roof slab, a thin layer of approved bitumen primer shall be

first brushed over the roof surface and allowed to dry.

The felt shall be first cut to the required lengths and laid out flat on the roof in position at right

angles to the direction of run off gradient and shall be brushed clean of dusting materials. Each

length of felt thus laid in position shall be rolled up for a distance of half of its length. Then the

bonding material heated to correct temperature shall be poured on to the roof across the full

width of the rolled felt as the latter is steadily rolled out and pressed down. Excess bonding

material shall be squeezed out at the ends and removed as the laying proceeds. When the first

half of the strip of felt has been bonded to the roof, the other half shall be rolled up and then

unrolled on the hot handing material in the same way.

Minimum overlaps of 100m shall be allowed at the end and sides of strips of felt. All overlaps

shall be firmly bonded with hot bitumen. The laying of the second layer of felt shall be so

arranged that the joints are staggered with those of the layer beneath It.

In case of roofs with parapets, a chase 75mm deep shall be cut in the parapet masonry at about

150mm above the roof level and the felt shall be laid as flashing in widths with a minimum

overlap of 100mm. The lower edge of flashing shall overlap the felt laid on flat portion of the

roof and the upper edge of the flashing shall be tucked into the groove made in the parapet. After

the flashings have been properly bonded. After the flashings have been properly bonded, the

chase shall be cleaned mortar (1:4) flush with the face of the wall and allowed to set by adequate

curing.

In case of drain mountain waterproofing shall be done as specified for the roof excepting that the

treatment shall be carried inside the drain pipes overlapping at least 100 mm.

For gutters, a priming cost shall be first be applied over this, specified number of layers of felt

shall be laid and bonded together with hot bitumen at not less than 1.5 Kg. Sq.mtrs. The felt

layers laid separately in the gutters shall be overlapped with the corresponding layers on the roof

proper. The felt treatment shall be carried down into the outlet pipes to a minimum depth of

100mm.

After treatment is over, the surface shall be covered by peasized gravel or grit at the rate of 0.6

cu. Mt. Per 10 sq.m. on flashing and at drain mouths two coats of approved bituminous primer

shall be provided.

29.5 Waterproofing for Underground Structures

159


Waterproofing for underground structures shall be done in accordance with IS:3067. the number

of layers and the details of protective wall etc. shall be as shown in drawing or indicated in the

Bill of Quantities. No waterproofing treatment shall be applied unless the site is properly drained

and the surface is thoroughly dry.

30.0 LIME TERRACING

30.1 General


30.2 Work Included



30.3 Materials

Brick Bats :- Brick bats shall be 25mm gauge from first class brick.

Lime :- Lime used shall be hydraulic lime conforming to IS: 712 and shall be slaked according

to IS: 1635.

Surkhi :- Surkhi used shall be from first class bricks.

Sprinkling Water :- The following proportion of specified materials shall be mixed in 20 litres

of water.

Molasses : 1.03 Kg

Katha : 0.26 Kg

Methi : 0.13 Kg

Maskalai dal : 0.52 Kg

This water is to be sprinkled as specified further on 10 sq.m of surface.

30.4 Proportion

Bricks : Lime : Surkhi = 7:2:2 by volume

30.5 Mixing

The brickbats, lime and surkhi mix shall be heaped to a predetermined height depending upon the

amount of material required for particular portion to be treated.

Water shall be added and allowed to remain for 2 days and the materials shall be turned over

several times to ensure a through mix.

30.6 Workmanship

The Surface shall be cleaned of all dirt, rust particles, dust etc. before lime concrete is placed.

The mix shall be gently deposited on the surface and laid to proper beds and cross falls and

leveled to levels indicated on the drawings.

The compaction by hand tampers shall be carried out for 7 days. During the first three days, the

surface shall be sprinkle with water specified above. For the next four days the compaction shall

be carried out and the surface shall be sprinkled with lime water during compaction.

160


After this period, a thin coating of lime paste shall be applied and rubbed smooth and the surface

shall be then be covered with straw or sand and water shall be sprinkled for a further period of 7

days and the flooded up to a height of 75mm to 100mm.

After one month, the surface shall be cleaned and rubbed with inseed oil and water.

If specified, a layer of flat tiles, or broken tile pieces shall be laid in cement mortar of specified

proportion on top of brick bat concrete.

31.0 DAMP PROOF COURSE

31.1 General


31.2 Work Included

The Contractor shall furnish labour, material, plan and tools to complete the work indicated


31. 3. Materials

Cement :- Cement shall conform to IS : 269

Aggregates :- The aggregates shall conform to IS : 383. fine aggregate shall be river sand or pit

sand from approved pits. Coarse aggregate shall be stone chips of size not exceeding 6mm.

31.4 Proportion :-

The proportion of the above materials and thickness of the coarse shall be as indicated on the

drawing.

31.5 Workmanship

The brick of stone masonry surface shall be leveled, flushed up and prepared as directed to

receive the damp proof course. Damp proof course shall be provided at position shown on the

drawings. In masonry walls of buildings shall normally be placed above the external ground

level. It shall be laid for the full width of the wall. The top surface shall be kept rough or ribbed

for proper adhesion of brick work coming over it. All exposed surfaces of the damp of proof

course shall be finished fair and smooth. After the surface has partially set, hot bitumen shall be

applied in two coats the rate of 1.7 Kg per sq.m per coat and dry sand spread over it.

32.0 PLUMBING AND SANITARY WORK

32.1 General


All water supply and sanitary work shall be executed by Licensed Plumber and shall be in

accordance with the requirement of relevant bye-laws of Municipal or other Authorities in whose

jurisdiction the work is to be carried out.

For items such as earthwork, excavation, concrete, brick work, stone work, pointing, etc relevant

specification for these shall apply, unless specifications otherwise.

Unless otherwise specifications, all exposed work such as cisterns, brackets etc, shall be painted

with one coat of red oxide paint and two coats of oil paint of approved colour.

161


The diameter of pipes of fittings wherever mentioned shall mean the internal diameter, unless


The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to include all breakage and wastage of

various materials, fittings and appliances. All materials, fittings and appliances damaged during

the execution of the work or otherwise shall be removed and replaced with approved materials,

fittings and appliances by the contractors at his expenses.

The job shall include the cost of making the necessary holes, etc. in walls, floors etc, and also

making them good on competition of the job. Any damage caused to floors, walls etc during

fixing of sanitary installation, drainage and water supply work shall be made good by the

contractor at his own cost.

32.2 Materials, Fittings and Appliances

The materials, fittings and appliances used in the work shall be as specified hereunder. The type,

quality, class, composition, size, finish and make shall be as specified in the Bill of Quantities.

The Contractors shall submit of approval samples of all materials, fittings and appliances well in

advance of starting the work and before being used in the job. All materials, fittings and

appliances used in the work shall conform in the approved samples.

Galvenized iron pipes, fittings, and accessories for water services shall be of tested variety.

All materials, fittings and applicables shall conform to the relevant Indian Standard

Specifications, some of which are listed below :

Asbestos cement building pipes, gutters fittings etc. IS : 16216

Sheet metal rain water pipes, upto 100mm nominal size, gutters,

fittings etc.

IS : 1728

Cast iron rain water pipes, fittings and accessories IS : 1230

Sand cast iron spigot and socket soil, waster and ventilating pipes,

fittings and accessories.

IS : 1729

Sand cast brass screw-down bib tapes and stop taps for water

services.

IS : 781

Self closing taps IS : 1711

Gun Metal gate, Globe and check valves for general services . IS ; 778

Lead-pipe IS : 404

Sluice valves for water works purposes IS : 780

Mixing valves for ablutionary and domestic purposes IS : 1701

Water Meters (domestic type) IS : 779

Rectangular pressed steel tanks IS : 904

162


Sheet lead for flashing shall be of at least 30 Kg. Weight per sq.m. unless specified otherwise.

Brass tapes shall be of heavy brass and made particularly smooth on the inside and shall have all waste

and vent connections screwed, unless specified otherwise.

Lead traps shall be of the same weight and thickness as specified for lead pipes.

32.3 Water supply

32.3.1 Jointing and laying of water supply pipes.

Jointing of various pipes shall generally conform to IS:1742 unless specified otherwise.

Screwed galvanised iron pipes shall be jointed with screwed socket joints using screwed fittings

of the same materials as that of the pipes. Any burrs remaining on the pipe ends after the threads

are cut shall be removed. An approved jointing compound together with a grommet of few

strands of fine yarn shall be used for jointing pipes and fittings. Any pipe threads exposed after

jointing shall be painted or in the case of underground piping thickly coated with approved

bituminous compound to prevent corrosion.

Teflon tape should be used if specified.

The depth at which the under ground water supply pipe is to be laid shall be as indicated on the

drawings. The service pipe passing into or beneath the building shall be laid at least 200mm.

below the ground floor level and accommodated in previously laid sleeve in the structure –where

it enters. The space between the sleeve and the pipe at its entry into and exit from the building

shall be filled with a bituminous material for a minimum length of 150mm at both ends.

Piping shall not be buried on walls or floors as far as possible. However, when unavoidable,

piping shall be buried for the shortest protection provided against damage.

Galvanised iron piping shall be secured by iron or steel clamps when fixed on walls.

All pipe work shall be completely watertight and the joints shall be such that there are no

projections of jointing materials on the like in the interior of pipes. Before the pipe line is

commissioned, all piping and fittings shall be flushed clean.

32.3.2 Storage of Water

All tanks for storage of water shall be of the specified kind and shall be completely watertight

and properly covered with a close fitting and dust, tight and mosquito-proof cover of approved

pattern. The shall be fitted a ball valve of approved type, securely fixed to the tank independent

of the inlet pipe and set in such a position that the body of the valve always remains above the

water line. A mosquito-proof overflow pipe shall be fixed to the tank with the pipe invert about

25 mm. above the top water line. Approved type of stop valves or taps shall be provided for

every outlet pipe. The outlet pipe shall be fixed at a level about 75mm. above bottom of tank.

The washout or drain or pipe shall be kept flush with the bottom of the tank at its lowest part.

32.3.4 Testing

After the laying and fixing of all water supply pipes and fittings are completed, the line shall be

slowly and carefully charged with water to a test pressure of 5 Kg. Per sq.cm or the specified

working pressure plus so as may be prescribed by the Engineer/Architect. This pressure shall be

maintained for at least one hour, unless specified otherwise. The pipes and fittings shall then be

163


inspected for any leakages of water. Defects in pipes and fittings if detected, shall be remedied

by the contractor without extra cost.

32.3.5 Internal Plumbing Works

Jointing and Laying Pipes :- Clause 32.3 apply to this wherever applicable.

Lead pipe joint in lead pipe shall be made at wiped solid solder joints when lead pipe have to be

lead through due the join shall be made outside the joint and pipe placed base into the duct after

jointing. All exposed lead pipes, excluding 25mm dia meter shall secured to walls by iron clips or

lead ears. The spacing clips shall not exceed 900mm

32.3.6 Installation of Water Closets

Indian type or European type W.C. pans of the type and make as specified in the Bill of

Quantities shall be carefully fixed in position. Indian W.C. pan shall be built round solid with

masonry or lean concrete to the level of the after all connections are made. Also floor slope

towards the pan.

Unless otherwise specified, each closet shall be provided with standard accessories such as soil

WC connect0or, 40mm lead antisyphonage 32mm flushing pipe 15 liters capacity flushing of

specified type and make , overflow pipe fitted with mosquito-proof strainer at the end all

suitably fixed in position.

32.3.7. Nahani Traps

Nahani Traps shall be of the size and quality indicated in the Bill of Quantities and shall be

embedded flush with the floors. The connec6tion the trap with the waster pipe shall be through

plug bend of the size to suit the wall thickness fitted with an inspection door.

32.3.8 Drainage

Unless otherwise specified, all drainage work for building shall be carried out in accordance

IS:1742.

Handling, laying, bedding, jointing and testing of concrete pipes shall conform to IS: 783. The

method of bedding and jointing of pipes shall be as specified in the bill of quantities. Manholes

gully trap and inspection chambers shall be constructed as shown on the drawing.

32.3.9. Testing

Unless otherwise specified the drawings system shall be tested in accordance with IS : 1742.

33.0 COST IRON , R.C. AND STONEWARE PIPE WORK

33.1 General


33.2 Work Included

The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, plant and equipments to complete the work


33.3 Materials

All materials shall be tested variety tested by a recognize test house.

164


Cost of iron pipes with socket and spigot ends upto 675 mm shall conform to IS 1536 for

centrifugal span pipes. C.I. Pipes with flanged ends shall conform to IS : 1537 for vertically cast

pipes. The class of pipes (whether A. B. or C according to IS) shall be as specified in the

drawings. The sluice valves of various sizes and caulking lead shall conform to the following

standards.

Sluice Valves up to 300mm - IS: 780

Sluice Valves beyond 350mm - IS: 2906

Caulking lead for jointing - IS: 782

Other types of fittings such as air valves, reflex valves, hydrants, bends etc. shall be of best

quality and samples shall be approved by the Engineer / Architect.

R.C. Pipes shall conform to IS: 450.

Stoneware pipe, cast iron soil, ventilation and rain water pipes, C.I. manhole covers and lead

pipes shall conform to the following Indian standards specifications.

Salt glazed stoneware and fittings : IS: 651

And other accessories

Cast Iron spigot and socket, soil water and : IS:1729

ventilation pipes fittings and accessories

Cast Iron rain water pipes : IS: 1230

Cast Iron manhole covers and frames : IS: 1726

Lead Pipes : IS: 404

CI pipes for water services shall be of tested variety.

33.4 Joints:

The type of jointing for C. I. Pipes shallbe either socket and spigot with molten lead or lead wool

or flanged type with nuts, bolts and gaskets as indicated on the drawings.

If the joints used are spigot and socket type, the spigot shall be carefully centered in the socket by

one or more laps of clean white hemp spun yarn with about 25mm overlap. Sufficient yard only

shall be forced into the socket to leave a correct depth of lead for caulking. The pipe shall then be

examined again for line and level and the proper depth of each joint shall be tested before

running the molten lead. The pouring of molten lead shall be done by wrapping a ring of hemp

rope covered with damp clay load the pipe at the end of he socket.

After a section convenient length has been laid, lead shall be caulked sufficiently with a hand

hammer and the joint shall be made neat and clean.

The packing ring or washer for the flanged joint shall be rubber for the full diameter of the flange

with proper pipe hole and bolt holes cut out at both the inner and outer edges. The packing shall

be smeared with graphite paste or a mixture of red lead and while lead and shall be introduced

between the flanges of both the pipes ad nuts lightened in opposite pairs keeping the longitudinal

axes of adjoining pie lines in exactly the same straight line. Lead washers shall be provided along

with bolts to prevent any leakage through bolt holes.

165


The type of jointing for stoneware pipes shall be socket and spigot as indicated on the drawings.

The inside of the socket shall be first painted with a tin layer of cement mortar 1:2 and a gasket of

yarn dipped in cement slurry shall be inserted in the socket of the pipe with a wooden caulking

tool and wooden mallet in such a way that the gasket shall fully encircle the spigot with a slight

overlap. Where the spigot and receives the gasket, it shall be wrapped round with two or three

turns of treated spun yarn at its end before being inserted into he socket. The joint shall then be

completely fitted with cement and mortar of proportion 1:1 having very little water and the joint

shall be leveled to form a splayed fillet at a angle 45 degree with the outside pipe. Excess of

cement mortar left inside the pipe joint shall be neatly cleaned off. In jointing stoneware pipes,

care shall be taken that the pipes are kept concentric and the socket, specifically on the underside,

shall be completely filled with cement mortar. Where settlement of earth is envisaged, the joints

shall he made with bitumastic filling or any other material as instructed by the Engineer

/Architect.

33.5 Workmanship

33.5.1 Laying of G.I. Pipes

The laying of the C. I. pipe line shall commence only after the levels at the bottom of he trench

have been done in accordance with the drawing. The sides of the trenches shall be as nearly

vertical as possible. Where joints are made, the trench shall be wide enough to allow room for

caulking joints. Shoring and timbering shall not be used without prior approval of the

Engineer/Architect. The trenches shall be excavated such that there shall be a minimum cushion

of 750mm over the pipes. All pipes, water mains cables etc. met within the course of excavation

shall be carefully protected and supported. All pipes and fittings shall be sounded wit a light

hammer to detect any cracks before laying. The excavated material shall be thrown on one side of

the trench and the pipes stacked on the other side. The inside of socket and the outside of spigot

shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before laying. The pipes shall be laid with their

socket ends facing the directions of flow. The pipes shall be plated in the trenches by any

recognized method which shall be approved by the Engineer / Architect. Then the pipes shall be

jointed by caulking as described previously. After each section of the pipe line has been laid, it

shall be tested for water tightness before filling up the trench. After completing the test, the

trench shall be filled with the excavated material inlayer of 200mm and shall be watered and

rammed. Whether the pipeline cross the railway tracks, roads etc. the trenches shall have vertical

sides with suitable shoring.

33.5.2 Laying of R.C. Pipes : Laying of R.C. pipes shall conform to IS : 783.

33.5.3 Laying of Stoneware pipes: The laying of the stoneware pipelines shall commence only after the

levels at the bottom of the trench at various points have been done as indicated on the drawings.

The center line of he trench shall first be stacked out on he ground and shall be excavated correct

to depth and width at the points. All inverts shall be laid from sight rails fixed at the rue levels

with proper boning roads. The sign rails and boning roads shall be provided, fixed and

maintained by the Contractor at his own expenses. The pipes shall be carefully laid to the

alignment, levels and gradients shown on the plants and sections. The trench shall be laid truly in

straight lines and without any vertical or

horizontal undulations. Pipes shall have adequate customs over them and shall be handed at the

bottom with concrete 1:3:6 up to a depth of half the diameter of the pipe. When it cross under a

road, the pipe shall be fully covered in concrete 1:3:6 as shown on drawings. All pipes and

166


fittings shall be fully examined with a light hammer for soundness before laying. After each

section of he pipeline has been laid, the joints shall be allowed to set properly and shall be

inspected, tested and approved before refilling the trench. After testing, the trench shall be

refilling with finest selected material in layers of 200mm and shall be watered and thoroughly

rammed. All pipes, water main, cables etc. met within the course of excavation shall be carefully

protected and supported.

When the piplelines cross railway tracks, roads etc,.the trenches shall have vertical sides with

suitable shorting. Any subsidence in the line of trenches after refilling shall be repaired at the

Contractors expenses.

33.5.4 Rainwater Pipes : Rainwater pipes inside the building shall be heavy cast iron type as specified

above. They shall be kept away from the finished walls by means of bobbins. The rainwater pipe

shall be connected to the main sewer or to the surface drains as shown on the drawings.

33.6 Manholes, Gully Trap Chambers, Inspection Chamber.

Those shall be as indicated on the drawings.

33.7 Testing

On completion of the work the Contractor shall conduct at his own cost such tests as the Engineer

will direct. The water supply system shall be tested according to the provisions of IS. The

drainage system shall be tested in accordance with the provisions of IS : 1742. All defects and

deficiencies detected during testing shall be promptly rectified by the Contractor.

167


SHEDULE-B

168


Navi Mumbai Muncipal Corporation

Name of Work:- (39469)Providing & Fixing PNG Gas crematorium System at Sarsole Smashanbhumi at Nerul Ward

Tender Notice No. /2016-2017

SCHEDULE 'B'

Sr.

No.

Description of Items Specification Estimated

Qty

Estimated

Rate in

(Rs.)

Unit Amount in (Rs.)

1 Supply and Errn. of CNG Gas Crematorium main unit with

primary chamber and Secondary chamber, having fully

automatic gas burners for each chamber and complete refractory

work, furnace door with automatic lifting, outer decoration with

SS 304 cladding, air blower for combustion air & air pre-heater,

air ejector/ I.D. fan, furnace with separate doors for body

feeding, ash collection, maintenance and providing CNG gas

connection facilities with safety controls, metering and all other

valves, etc., gas piping and power supply with all

accessories.(DSR Rate: 7227750.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)

As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 7227750.00 Numbers 7227750.00

2 Supply and Errn. of Double direction corpse carrier having fixed

frame without visible wires or track; Double direction stainless

steel (SS304) caterpillar type with required motor drives, control

switches, wiring, etc. for enabling automatic body movement

with SS 304 strip type belt conveying. The facility shall provide

body placement automatically into the main chamber and slide

back to original position with timer controls Both auto and

manual control shall be available for emergencies.(DSR Rate:

As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 991300.00 Numbers 991300.00

169


991300.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)

3 Supply and Errn. of Reserve Door with LED signal screen

indicating work status, Both auto and manual control should be

available.(DSR Rate: 437000.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)

As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 437000.00 Numbers 437000.00

4 Supply and Errn. Of SS 304 Venturi type wet scrubber with

rubber lined water re-circulation tank, pump, SS piping, valves,

nozzles, droplet separator and other accessories.(DSR Rate:


As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 1006250.00 Numbers 1006250.00

5 Supply and Errn. Of SS 304 Ducting 250 mm dia 3mm thk with

flanges, bends, etc. as per site requirement and design with MS

support structure. (per running meter basis)(DSR Rate:


As directed

by Engineer

in charge

25.00 12000.00 Meters 300000.00

6 Fabrication, supplying & erection of M.S. chimney with conical

bottom comprising of double brest base plates as per

specification and drawing etc internally painting with two coats

of heat resistant paint. All material used as per IS code,

specification loading and unloading erection etc complete.(DSR

Rate: 1437500.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)

As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 1437500.00 Numbers 1437500.00

7 Providing RCC foundation for the chimney as per approved

design for self standing criteria of the structure.(DSR Rate:


As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 322000.00 L.S 322000.00

8 Supply and Errn. Emmission quality monitoring systems for

parameters CO, SO2. NO2, SPM, etc., with tamper proof

mechanism.(DSR Rate: 503125.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)

As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 503125.00 Numbers 503125.00

9 Supply and Errn. Of control panel with PLC automation and

additional operator panel with computerized display and auto-

manual controls with related instruments for temperature

As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 609500.00 Numbers 609500.00

170


monitoring and other controls with timers, relays, limit

switches, control wiring, Touch Screen panel operation etc.(DSR


10 Providing foundation equipment & modification existing

building structure to suit erection convenience.(DSR Rate:


As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 400000.00 L.S 400000.00

11 Providing & fixing RCC heavy duty gutter etc complete.(DSR


As directed

by Engineer

in charge

1.00 100000.00 L.S 100000.00

Total Rs. 13334425.00

Say Rs. 1,33,34,425.00

Total:-

Contractors Quoted Percentage (+ / -) -

(In Word : _________________________________________________ )

Quoted Amount Rs. -

(In Word : _________________________________________________ )